UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023
or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _ to _
Commission file number 001-40829
Sterling Check Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| | | | | | | | |
Delaware | | 37-1784336 |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
6150 Oak Tree Boulevard, Suite 490 | | |
Independence, Ohio | | 44131 |
(Address of principal executive offices) | | (Zip code) |
| | |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: |
1 (800) 853-3228 |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Title of Each Class | | Trading Symbol(s) | | Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered |
Common Stock, $0.01 par value | | STER | | The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC |
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☑
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☑
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☑ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☑ |
Non-accelerated filer | ☐ | Smaller reporting company | ☐ |
| | Emerging growth company | ☑ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☑
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC on June 30, 2023, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, was approximately $529.9 million.
The total number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, as of February 28, 2024 was 93,154,066 (excluding treasury shares of 7,270,845).
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE | | | | | | | | |
Document | | Incorporated as to |
Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders | | Part III |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and we intend that all forward-looking statements that we make will be subject to the safe harbor protections created thereby. You can generally identify forward-looking statements by our use of forward-looking terminology such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “playbook,” “potential,” “predict,” “projection,” “seek,” “should,” “will” or “would,” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. In particular, statements that address market trends, and statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, plans, strategies, objectives, prospects or assumptions, or statements regarding future events or performance , including those related to our pending merger with First Advantage Corporation (“First Advantage”), contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” are forward-looking statements.
We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections. While we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, such forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These and other important factors, including those discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, or could affect our share price. Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include:
•the risk that our proposed merger with First Advantage may not be completed in a timely manner, or at all;
•the failure to satisfy the conditions to the consummation of the proposed merger, including the receipt of certain governmental and regulatory approvals and clearances;
•the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstance that could give rise to the termination of the Merger Agreement (as defined herein);
•the effect of the announcement or pendency of the proposed merger on our business relationship, operating results and business generally;
•risks that the proposed merger disrupts our current plans and operations and creates potential difficulties in our employee retention as a result of the proposed merger;
•risks related to diverting management’s attention from our ongoing business operations;
•unexpected costs, charges or expenses resulting from the proposed merger;
•certain restrictions during the pendency of the proposed merger that may impact our ability to pursue certain business opportunities or strategic transactions;
•the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against us or against First Advantage related to the Merger Agreement or the proposed merger;
•changes in economic, political and market conditions, including bank failures and concerns of a potential economic downturn or recession, and the impact of these changes on our clients’ hiring trends;
•the sufficiency of our cash to meet our liquidity needs;
•the possibility of cyber-attacks, security vulnerabilities and internet disruptions, including breaches of data security and privacy leaks, data loss and business interruptions;
•our ability to comply with the extensive United States (“U.S.”) and foreign laws, regulations and policies applicable to our industry, and changes in such laws, regulations and policies;
•our compliance with data privacy laws and regulations;
•potential liability for failures to provide accurate information to our clients, which may not be covered, or may be only partially covered, by insurance;
•the possible effects of negative publicity on our reputation and the value of our brand;
•our failure to compete successfully;
•our ability to keep pace with changes in technology and to provide timely enhancements to our products and services;
•our ability to cost-effectively attract new clients and retain our existing clients;
•our ability to grow our Identity-as-a-Service offerings;
•our success in new product introductions and adjacent market penetrations;
•our ability to expand into new geographies;
•our ability to pursue and integrate strategic mergers and acquisitions;
•design defects, errors, failures or delays with our products and services;
•systems failures, interruptions, delays in services, catastrophic events and resulting interruptions;
•natural or man-made disasters including pandemics and other significant public health emergencies, outbreaks of hostilities or other military conflicts (such as the ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East) or effects of climate change and our ability to deal effectively with damage or disruption caused by the foregoing;
•our ability to implement our business strategies profitably;
•our ability to retain the services of certain members of our management;
•our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;
•our ability to implement, maintain and improve effective internal controls;
•our ability to comply with public company requirements in a timely and cost-effective manner, and expense strain on our resources and diversion of our management’s attention resulting from public company compliance requirements; and
•the other risks described in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not guarantees of future performance and our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and the development of the industry in which we operate, may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and events in the industry in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, they may not be predictive of results or developments in future periods.
Any forward-looking statement that we make in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speaks only as of the date of such statement. Except as required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise, or to publicly announce any update or revision to, any of the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Investors and others should note that we announce material financial and operational information using our investor relations website, press releases, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings and public conference calls and webcasts. Information about Sterling Check Corp., our business, and our results of operations may also be announced by posts on our accounts on social media channels, including the following: Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitter. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our social media channels and on our website is deemed not to be incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or to be a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information that we post through these social media channels and on our website may be deemed material. As a result, we encourage investors, the media and others interested in Sterling Check Corp. to monitor these social media channels in addition to following our investor relations website, press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts. The list of social media channels we use may be updated from time to time on our investor relations website.
PART I
Item 1. Business.
Sterling Overview
Sterling Check Corp. (“the Company,” “Sterling,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is incorporated in the state of Delaware and its principal executive offices are at 6150 Oak Tree Boulevard, Suite 490, Independence, Ohio. Our phone number is 1 (800) 853-3228 and our website address is www.sterlingcheck.com. Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under the symbol “STER”.
We are a leading global provider of technology-enabled background and identity verification services. We provide the foundation of trust and safety that our clients need to create great environments for their most essential resource—people. We offer a comprehensive hiring and risk management solution that begins with identity verification, followed by criminal background screening, credential verification, drug and health screening, processing of employee documentation required for onboarding and ongoing risk monitoring. Our services are generally delivered through our purpose-built, proprietary, cloud-based technology platform that empowers
organizations with real-time and data-driven insights to conduct and manage their employment screening programs efficiently and effectively. Our clients face a dynamic and rapidly evolving global labor market with increasing complexity and regulatory requirements. We believe that our services and platform enable organizations to make more informed employment decisions, improve workplace safety, protect their brand and mitigate risk. As a result, we believe our solutions are mission-critical to our clients’ core human resources, risk management and compliance functions. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, we completed over 103 million searches for over 50,000 clients, including nearly 60% of the Fortune 100 and over 50% of the Fortune 500.
We have built an award-winning proprietary and cloud-based technology platform. Our client and candidate interfaces provide easy-to-use and mobile-first ordering, task and program management, results delivery and reporting analytics. This enables our clients to gain meaningful insights into their risk mitigation programs, all while creating exceptional candidate and employee experiences. Our interfaces are supported by our powerful fulfillment platform, which leverages more than 3,600 automation integrations, including Application Programming Interfaces (“APIs”) and Robotic Process Automation (“RPA”) bots. This enables 90% of our United States (“U.S.”) criminal searches to be automated and allows us to complete 60% of U.S. criminal searches within the first five minutes, 65% of U.S. criminal searches within the first 15 minutes, over 70% of U.S. criminal searches within the first hour and 90% within the first day. As of December 31, 2023, approximately 98% of our revenue is processed through platforms hosted in the cloud, which allows us to consistently maintain 99.9% platform availability while being prepared to scale into the future. These platforms are seamlessly integrated into over 75 integrations with leading providers in applicant tracking systems (“ATS”) and Human Capital Management (“HCM”) systems and our clients’ in-house systems, thus creating relatively frictionless, fast and unified candidate hiring experiences. Moreover, gig economy, contingent workforce, and enterprise clients, who utilize proprietary candidate workflow systems, may integrate into Sterling’s platform by leveraging our proprietary API. When combined, we believe our solutions deliver convenient and easy-to-use front-end interfaces, accurate and fast results, and enable our clients to effectively manage complex programs in a compliant and cost-effective manner. We believe that our technology cannot be easily replicated without substantial investment.
As part of our strategic transformation, in early 2019, we launched Project Ignite, a three-phase strategic investment initiative to create a cloud-native enterprise-class global platform. The remaining investment, which we substantially completed in 2022, migrated our corporate technological infrastructure to the cloud and enabled us to decommission redundant fulfillment systems. We have benefited from the delivery of our new client and candidate interfaces, scalable cloud-based infrastructure for our global production platform and an improved security environment through new business wins, improved client retention and the ability to launch products rapidly to meet immediate client needs, as we did in 2022 when we developed our robust and proprietary core I-9 offering into a fully integrated I-9 solution within our Sterling platform and partner ecosystem. In 2022, we also strengthened our competitive differentiation through the expansion of our identity capabilities in both the U.S. and the United Kingdom (the “U.K”). In the U.S., with ID.me, we believe that we became the only background screening provider to have a fully integrated reusable identity workflow within the screening process, furthering our leadership position to deliver identity services for employers in the U.S. In the U.K., we became the first background screening organization to become a certified digital identity service provider and have partnered with Yoti to develop a comprehensive global identity verification solution. This new capability enables a faster and easier experience for prospective talent in the U.K. to verify themselves using modern technology while reducing the chance of identity fraud. During 2023, we continued to focus on a key initiative that we launched at the end of 2022, Project Nucleus, which we expect to drive meaningful cost savings and efficiency gains in our cost of revenues, building a more scalable and profitable company now and into the future. Also in 2023, we continued our focus on cost savings targets through a three-pillar approach. First, through Project Nucleus, we aim to reduce labor and data costs in our cost of goods sold through re-engineering fulfillment processes and increased automation. Second, we are reducing our facilities costs by leaning more into our virtual-first approach and reducing our real estate and facilities footprint. Third, we are focused on continued enhancement of our functional alignment by streamlining our organization to align with the go-to-market structure that we established in 2022. Additionally, as part of our journey of growth and optimization, in 2023, we continued to refine our corporate strategy and our commitment to delivering stockholder value by executing on the growth opportunities in front of us. We have a number of key execution elements to help us achieve our goals, including increasing our revenues with existing clients, acquiring new clients, growing market share internationally, and utilizing M&A to supplement our organic revenue growth. Over the long term, we expect these investments and strategic changes to further enhance our margins, improve time to market as we build once and deploy globally and allow us to increase innovation.
Our client-centric approach underpins everything we do. We serve a diverse and global client base in a wide range of industries, such as healthcare, gig economy, financial and business services, industrials, retail, contingent, technology, media and entertainment, transportation and logistics, hospitality, education and government.
Employers are facing numerous challenges, including complex and changing legal and regulatory requirements, a rise in fraudulent job applications, a growing spotlight on reputation and a more complex global workforce. Successfully navigating these challenges requires an industry-specific perspective, given differing candidate profiles, economics, competitive dynamics and regulatory demands. To serve these differing needs, our sales and support delivery model is organized around teams dedicated to specific industries (“Verticals”) and geographic markets (“Regions”). Our delivery model provides our clients with both the personal touch and consultative partnership of a small boutique firm and the global reach, scale, innovation and resources of an industry leader. Additionally, this delivery model supports our principle of “Compliance by Design”, enabling clients to maintain compliance globally. We believe the combination of our deep market expertise from our sales and support combined with the flexibility of our proprietary technology platform enable us to deliver industry-relevant, highly specialized solutions to our clients in a scalable manner, driving growth and differentiating us from our competitors. This has allowed us to develop long-standing relationships and a highly trusted brand with our clients as evidenced by the average tenure of our top 100 clients, based on 2023 and 2022 total revenue, at over nine years, our average client net promoter score (“NPS”) of 46 and a gross retention rate of 96% for 2023 and 2022.
Throughout our more than 45-year operating history, innovation and self-disruption have been at the core of what we do every day. Our history of unique, industry-oriented market insights allows us to be at the forefront of innovation which includes multiple industry-leading solutions. For example, we pioneered criminal fulfillment technology (CourtDirect), arrest record and incarceration alert products, post-hire monitoring capabilities, AI-enhanced record review and validation process and the industry’s only proprietary technology in a single-sourced U.S.-nationwide fingerprint network. Our commitment to innovation has continued with the recent development of enhanced global language support capabilities, a cloud-based operating platform, our exclusive partnership with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) serving as their fingerprint services provider, and a comprehensive global identity verification solution through our partnership with ID.me in the U.S. and with Yoti internationally. Enabled by our market leadership and platform investments, we have established a foundation and roadmap for future innovation which includes industry-specific products, growing our Identity-as-a-Service capabilities and further geographic expansion.
On September 27, 2021, we completed our initial public offering (“IPO”), in which we and certain selling stockholders sold an aggregate of 16,427,750 shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value per share, consisting of 4,760,000 newly issued shares that we sold, 9,525,000 secondary shares that the selling stockholders sold and 2,142,750 shares that the selling stockholders sold pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares at an offering price of $23.00 per share, resulting in net proceeds to us of $94.5 million, after deducting the underwriting discount of $6.8 million and offering expenses of $8.1 million, of which $0.2 million was unpaid as of December 31, 2021. On November 1, 2021, we utilized proceeds from the IPO and cash on hand to repay $100.0 million of outstanding borrowings under our term loan (the “First Lien Term Loan”).
On November 30, 2021, we acquired Employment Background Investigations, Inc. (“EBI”) for a purchase price of $67.8 million, consisting of $66.3 million of cash and $1.5 million of contingent consideration recorded at fair value. EBI provides background screening, drug testing, occupational healthcare and electronic Form I-9 solutions for today’s talent acquisition and workforce management needs. This acquisition expanded our presence in key U.S. Verticals, including financial services, healthcare, retail, manufacturing and transportation.
On November 23, 2022, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million of our shares of common stock over a period through December 31, 2024. The program is expected to be funded through our existing cash and future free cash flow. The share repurchase program is being executed on a discretionary basis through open market repurchases, private transactions or other transactions, including through block trades and Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we repurchased 5,289,607 shares of our common stock for $68.4 million, inclusive of commissions and taxes. During the three months ended December 31, 2022, we repurchased 939,417 shares for approximately $14.1 million, inclusive of commissions and taxes. We have suspended repurchases of our common stock under the share repurchase program pending consummation of the Merger (as defined below).
On November 29, 2022, we completed the refinancing of our existing credit facilities with new credit facilities comprised of a $300.0 million term loan and a $400.0 million revolving credit facility. The 2022 Credit Agreement (as defined in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facility”) extended our debt maturity profile to November 2027, increased our credit capacity, and is expected to reduce our annual interest expense. On February 28, 2023, we entered into an amortizing $300.0 million notional value interest rate swap. The notional value steps down from $300.0 million to $150.0 million on February 27, 2026. The swap provides for us to pay, as applied to the notional value, a fixed rate of interest of 4.26% monthly and receive, on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the greater of the one-month term SOFR and a floor of (0.10%), as applied to the notional value (the “Floating Leg”). The interest
rate swap matures on November 29, 2027. The interest expense related to the 2022 Credit Agreement will be offset by proceeds received from the Floating Leg of the interest rate swap.
In January 2023, we expanded our global presence into Latin America through the acquisition of Socrates Limited and its affiliates (‘Socrates”), the largest independent screening company in Latin America. The acquisition will allow us to better serve the rapidly growing regional hiring needs of both multi-national and local clients in a region with rapidly increasing hiring demands.
On March 1, 2023, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of A-Check Global, a U.S.-based employment screening organization, providing us access to a high quality, enterprise-focused customer base diversified across attractive verticals including healthcare and telecom.
On June 12, 2023, we completed a secondary public offering, pursuant to which 8,000,000 shares of our common stock were sold by certain selling stockholders. On June 30, 2023, the selling stockholders sold an additional 1,145,486 shares of our common stock as a result of the exercise in part by the underwriters of an option to purchase additional shares. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders in the secondary public offering. In addition, on June 5, 2023, we entered into an agreement with Broad Street Principal Investments, L.L.C. (“BSPI”), one of the selling stockholders, pursuant to which we repurchased from BSPI an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock for a total of $11.7 million pursuant to our share repurchase program at a price per share equal to the price paid by the underwriters in the secondary public offering.
On January 2, 2024, we acquired the equity interests of Vault Workforce Screening (“Vault”), a U.S. clinic management platform, bringing a network of 17,000 clinics and a flexible service model to enhance our existing drug and health services.
On February 28, 2024, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with First Advantage and Starter Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of First Advantage (“Merger Sub”). The Merger Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Merger Sub will be merged with and into Sterling (the “Merger”), with Sterling continuing as the surviving corporation in the Merger and becoming an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of First Advantage. The respective boards of directors of Sterling and First Advantage unanimously approved the Merger Agreement, and our board of directors recommended that our stockholders adopt the Merger Agreement.
Upon the effective time of the Merger, each share of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger will be converted into the right to receive, at the election of the holder of such share of common stock, and subject to proration in accordance with the Merger Agreement as described below: (i) $16.73 per share in cash, without interest (the “Cash Consideration”), or (ii) 0.979 (the “Exchange Ratio”) shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of First Advantage (“First Advantage Common Stock” and, such consideration, the “Stock Consideration” and, together with the Cash Consideration, the “Merger Consideration”). The election will be subject to a proration mechanism, such that the total number of shares of our common stock entitled to receive the Cash Consideration will be equal to 72%, and the total number of shares of our common stock entitled to receive the Stock Consideration will be equal to 28%, of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger. Holders of our shares of common stock that do not make an election will be treated as having elected to receive the Cash Consideration or the Stock Consideration in accordance with and subject to the proration methodology in the Merger Agreement.
With respect to each share of restricted stock, each restricted stock unit, and each net option share (as calculated pursuant to the Merger Agreement) underlying an in-the-money stock option award of Sterling, the holder of such award will receive, as a result of the Merger, the same election to receive the per-share Merger Consideration with respect to such award, without interest and less applicable tax withholding. Merger Consideration in respect of unvested awards (other than unvested awards held by non-employee directors) will be paid in the form of either an unvested cash award or an unvested First Advantage restricted stock award (based on the Exchange Ratio), at the holder’s election, which award will be subject to the same terms and conditions (including vesting) as applied to the replaced Sterling equity award. Due to limitations under certain local laws, non-U.S. holders of unvested Sterling equity awards will generally be required to receive their replacement awards in the form of unvested cash awards. Any out-of-the-money Sterling stock options, whether vested or unvested, will be canceled for no consideration.
If the Merger is consummated, our shares of common stock will be delisted from Nasdaq and deregistered under the Exchange Act. Following the closing of the Merger, First Advantage Common Stock will continue to be listed on Nasdaq under the ticker symbol “FA.”
Consummation of the Merger, which is expected to occur in approximately the third quarter of 2024, is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of customary closing conditions, including (i) adoption of the Merger Agreement by our stockholders (which was obtained by the delivery of the Written Consent (as defined below) on February 28, 2024), (ii) the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and clearance under the antitrust and foreign direct investment laws of certain other jurisdictions, (iii) the absence of certain orders or laws preventing the consummation of the Merger, (iv) the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-4 to be filed by First Advantage with the SEC in connection with the Merger, (v) the authorization for listing on Nasdaq of the shares of First Advantage Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Merger and (vi) us mailing the information statement contemplated by Rule 14c-2 of the Exchange Act to our stockholders, and the lapse of at least 20 business days from the date of completion of such mailing. The obligation of each party to consummate the Merger is also subject to other customary closing conditions, including the absence of a material adverse effect with respect to the other party, the accuracy of the other party’s representations and warranties, subject to certain materiality standards set forth in the Merger Agreement and compliance in all material respects with the other party’s obligations under the Merger Agreement, subject to certain heightened standards set forth in the Merger Agreement.
We are subject to customary non-solicitation restrictions set forth in the Merger Agreement. However, prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on March 23, 2024, we may, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, engage in negotiations or discussions with, and furnish nonpublic information to, a third party (other than certain excluded parties) that makes an unsolicited written bona fide acquisition proposal, if our board of directors determines in good faith that such acquisition proposal constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, a Superior Proposal (as defined in the Merger Agreement). If our board of directors determines in good faith that an acquisition proposal constitutes a Superior Proposal, and we comply with certain notice and other conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement (including providing First Advantage with a four business day period to match or improve upon such Superior Proposal and First Advantage failing to do so), we may, prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on March 23, 2024, terminate the Merger Agreement to accept such Superior Proposal.
The Merger Agreement contains other termination rights for either or each of First Advantage and us, including, among others, by either party if the consummation of the Merger does not occur on or before 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on February 28, 2025 (the “Initial Outside Date”), subject to an extension of six months at First Advantage’s election (the “Extended Outside Date”) if on the Initial Outside Date all of the closing conditions except those relating to antitrust approvals have been satisfied or waived.
Upon termination of the Merger Agreement under certain specified circumstances, including by us to enter into a definitive agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, we will be required to pay First Advantage a termination fee in the amount of $66.3 million. Upon termination of the Merger Agreement by either party because certain required antitrust approvals are not obtained (i) by the Initial Outside Date, First Advantage will be required to pay us a termination fee of $60 million or (ii) by the Extended Outside Date, First Advantage will be required to pay us a termination fee of $90 million. In addition, if First Advantage fails to consummate the Merger within five business days after all of the required conditions have been satisfied and we terminate the Merger Agreement as a result thereof, First Advantage will be required to pay us a termination fee of $100 million.
The parties have made customary representations, warranties and covenants in the Merger Agreement, including covenants relating to (i) the conduct of each of our and First Advantage’s respective businesses in the ordinary course between the date of the signing of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the Merger, (ii) the parties using their respective reasonable best efforts to obtain any approvals from governmental authorities required for the Merger, including antitrust approvals and foreign direct investment approvals, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, and (iii) the preparation and filing with the SEC of a registration statement on Form S-4 containing an information statement from us in connection with the Merger.
Effective upon the effective time of the Merger, and on terms and conditions to be determined by First Advantage, First Advantage will offer Joshua Peirez, our Chief Executive Officer and director, a seat on First Advantage’s board of directors.
In connection with entering into the Merger Agreement, on February 28, 2024, we entered into a support agreement (the “Support Agreement”), by and among us, First Advantage and certain entities advised by or affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and holding a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (together, the “Specified Stockholders”), pursuant to which the Specified Stockholders agreed to, among other things, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, vote in favor of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Merger, and prohibiting the Specified Stockholders from soliciting alternative acquisition proposals. The Support Agreement will automatically terminate if the Merger Agreement is
terminated in accordance with its terms. Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec is an investor in one of the Specified Stockholders.
On February 28, 2024, following the execution of the Merger Agreement, the Specified Stockholders, holding approximately 53.5% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of February 28, 2024, delivered a written consent (the “Written Consent”) to adopt the Merger Agreement and to approve the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Merger. Delivery of the Written Consent by the Specified Stockholders was sufficient to adopt the Merger Agreement and, therefore, approve the Merger on behalf of all of our stockholders, and no further vote of our stockholders will be required.
Our Market Opportunity
The global background and identity verification market in which we operate is large, growing and highly fragmented representing a $18 billion total addressable market as of 2021, which is expected to grow at a 12% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) to $33 billion in 2026. The total addressable market comprises three distinct components as follows: the $6 billion global pre-hire employment screening services market (source: Acclaro Growth Partners (“Acclaro”, April 2022), expected to grow at a 6% CAGR to $9 billion in 2026, the $3 billion global post-hire employment screening services market (source: Acclaro, April 2022), expected to grow at a 12% CAGR to $5 billion in 2026, as well as the $9 billion global identity verification market (source: MarketsandMarkets, December 2021), expected to grow at a 17% CAGR to $19 billion in 2026.
Our addressable market is rapidly evolving and benefits from a number of key demand drivers, many of which increase the need for more flexible, comprehensive screening and hiring solutions, including the following:
•Growing participation in the gig economy and contingent workforce
The gig economy and contingent workforce consists of independent contractors, online platform workers, contract firm workers and contingent workers. According to Upwork’s 2023 Freelance Forward survey, 38% of the U.S. workforce performed freelance work during 2023. Amongst Gen-Z and millennials, the share of workers who participated in freelance work are even higher at 52% and 44%, respectively. The rise and expansion of the gig economy and contingent workforce results in a greater portion of the workforce being sourced from temporary or on-demand labor pools. Additionally, the rise of competing gig platforms has made it easier for gig workers to shift between platforms, thus increasing the demand for screening. As the gig economy caters to clients in a very direct and personal way (e.g., rideshare, goods delivery, household services) and large corporations continue to increase utilization of a contingent workforce that may access sensitive information, safe and effective background screening capabilities have become critical. We believe that continued growth in the gig and contingent workforce model for the foreseeable future will support clear demand for Sterling’s deep expertise and tailored solutions.
•Elevated voluntary employee churn
Generational and structural shifts in the workforce have led to elevated levels of voluntary employee churn, particularly with younger workers. Members of the millennial and Gen-Z generations switch jobs more frequently than previous generations. According to a LinkedIn study released in January 2023, 61% of American workers were considering leaving their jobs in 2023. Among Gen-Z workers, 72% were considering quitting, as were 66% of millennials. Moreover, the generational movement away from unions and defined benefit plans reduces contractual and financial incentives to stay in a particular role, reducing switching costs for employees. The ongoing structural shift from in-office to remote work further reduces the historical geographic matching challenge employers and employees faced, further reducing switching costs for employees and expanding talent pools for employers. These trends support increasing demand for global, fast and efficient employment screening and identity verification services that only providers of scale, like Sterling, can sufficiently address.
•The rise of fraudulent job applications and growing spotlight on a company’s reputational risk
False claims within job applications are a growing concern for employers. According to a 2023 ResumeBuilder.com study, 72% of Americans admit to lying on their resumes, with education and years of experience being the top two areas of falsification. False claims by candidates can put an organization at significant risk. Costs include not only salary but also incentives, benefits, recruiting expenses, administrative costs and the cost to restart the process in recruiting a candidate. In extreme cases, the employee may cause harm in the workplace, leading to a claim of negligent hiring, forcing the employer to contend with the cost and time of litigation and possible significant damages or settlements. Additionally, there may be considerable
reputational risk to the employer, whose safety and trust may be called into question. Utilizing background and identification verification services helps organizations to mitigate these risks.
•Proliferation of personal data driving need for identity verification
According to a 2023 report by the Federal Trade Commission, the total number of fraud and identity thefts in 2022 was 5.2 million, an increase of more than 60% compared to 3.2 million in 2019. In addition, according to a 2021 Risk Based Security report, the top two data types exposed in breaches were names (63.9%) and Social Security numbers (40.6%). This growth in exposed identities, especially names and social security numbers, puts more identities at risk of theft. Verifying identity is a powerful tool that employers can use to help ensure that their candidates and workers are who they claim to be and that fraudulent data is not used during the hiring and onboarding process.
•Increase in background screening adoption outside the U.S.
We believe that pre-hire candidate screening is significantly less common outside of the U.S. Many international markets are beginning to view employment background checks as a critical component of their hiring functions. Additionally, the international expansion of U.S.-based global companies and their desire to offer centralized and comparable hiring practices has introduced the benefits of background screening to foreign markets. For these employers, global background checks are critical in order to comply with regulatory requirements, standardize their quality of hires and protect against negligent hiring risks. However, international background checks or verifying foreign credentials presents additional complexities, as employers may not be familiar with foreign customs or information sources, and the time and cost to hire employees with international histories are often much more significant. Background and identity verification service firms that can navigate these international challenges present a clear advantage for employers.
•Increase in continuous monitoring or post-hire screening processes
While some industries have regulatory requirements for post-hire screening, employers from all industries are increasingly focused on managing risk in the workplace through continuous screening and monitoring. According to a 2021 report by the Professional Background Screening Association (“PBSA”), 19% of organizations worldwide conduct background checks on a recurring basis in addition to during the initial hiring/onboarding process. Continuous screening allows for greater mobility and safety for remote, onsite and contingent jobs, with monitoring solutions such as screening for healthcare sanctions, medical licenses, motor vehicle registration monitoring and social media monitoring helping ensure compliance with on-going certification and licensing requirements as well as prompting risk warnings on any changes to an employee’s profile, including any criminal activity, drug use or health changes, amongst others.
•Increasing regulatory, compliance and risk management requirements
Increasing regulation is creating a heightened and complex risk of potential liabilities related to hiring and workforce management that is increasingly difficult for employers to manage. U.S. employee privacy and data protection laws are complicated and vary state-to-state. In addition, the interpretation of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”) is continuously evolving, both by court decision and under the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) authority. Other complexities include variations in drug testing laws by industry and state and the introduction of “ban the box” and “fair chance” laws at the local, state, and federal level, which limit an employer’s ability to inquire about criminal histories and to consider them in making employment decisions, and “clean slate laws” that limit availability of certain public records. Outside the U.S., the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) introduced significant changes in the way personal data is protected and handled in the European Union (the “EU”). In addition, regulation that focuses on use of AI in automated employment decisioning may impact both our clients and us in the future. In response, organizations are increasing their focus on compliance functions to ensure they meet these evolving legal and regulatory requirements, often turning to outsourced service providers. As they do, large service providers like Sterling with the depth and experience to help companies navigate these intricacies will continue to benefit from the increase in regulatory complexity.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe we differentiate ourselves through the following key competitive strengths:
•A market leader with significant scale and breadth.
We are a leading global provider of technology-enabled background and identity verification services across a wide array of industries and geographies—completing 103 million searches across over 240 countries and
territories in 32 languages for over 50,000 highly-diversified clients during the year ended December 31, 2023. We are a market leader in the U.S., Canada and many markets throughout the world, including within Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), Asia Pacific (“APAC”) and Latin America. Our global fulfillment capabilities are supported by operations in 15 jurisdictions—the U.S., Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Colombia, Hong Kong, India, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore and the U.K. We believe this differentiates Sterling with large, marquee clients who demand sophisticated solutions across broad enterprises with nuanced operating priorities.
•Award-winning, proprietary technology platform and extensive global product suite.
We believe our proprietary technology platform and global product suite provide us with a number of competitive advantages, including the following:
Proprietary Technology and Analytics Platform: We operate a global cloud-based platform, purpose-built to address the unique needs of our clients. With approximately 98% of our revenue processed through platforms in the cloud, our technology platform is scalable to serve our global client base and flexible to adapt to changing dynamics within industries. We deliver a seamless user experience—our mobile-friendly client and candidate interfaces (Sterling Client Hub, Sterling Candidate Hub and Sterling Analytics Hub) are intuitive and easy-to-use. Our customizable, powerful data analytics platform provides clients with the information they need to gain real-time insights and make data-driven decisions as they seek to manage, streamline and optimize their programs. Our proprietary fulfillment platform technologically sets us apart in our ability to manage the complexities of background screening. Sterling’s fulfillment platform is AI-driven and augmented with RPA, which results in high accuracy, low hiring costs and low time-to-hire rates, with over 70% of U.S. criminal searches completed within the first hour and 90% within the first day. Integrated clients represent a growing share of our business, with over 60% of revenue now integrated. We expect this percentage to continue to increase as adoption of ATS and HCM software solutions grows. We have developed a comprehensive integration platform by partnering with many of the leading HCM and ATS platforms. Those clients with third-party HCM and ATS systems may integrate with Sterling through one of our over 75 platform integrations. Gig economy, contingent workforce and enterprise clients, who utilize proprietary candidate workflow systems, may integrate into Sterling’s platform by leveraging our well-documented public RESTful API. This API provides clients with access to Sterling’s powerful services along with a wide range of capabilities, customization options and mobility solutions. All of our platform integrations create opportunities for our clients to improve productivity and profitability, and in turn create stickier client relationships for Sterling. We believe that these proprietary systems cannot be easily replicated without substantial investment.
Global Product Suite: We offer an extensive suite of global products addressing a wide range of complex client needs. Our solutions include identity verification, comprehensive background screening, credential verification, drug and health screening, processing of employee documentation required for onboarding and ongoing risk monitoring. Sterling’s background screening solutions utilize proprietary automation technology that we believe delivers thorough, fast and accurate records with global criminal screening capabilities in over 240 countries and territories. Our credential verification services are backed by our proprietary fulfillment engine. We provide comprehensive drug and health screenings with access to approximately 20,000 collection sites supporting the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (“SAMHSA”) in the U.S. Sterling provides onboarding document management services as well as ongoing workforce and medical license monitoring. We believe our global product suite positions us well to access a broader set of clients and future revenue and growth opportunities.
Identity Workflow Solutions: We believe we offer one of the most complete full-stack identity workflow technologies, which allows our clients to verify a candidate’s identity before starting a background check. With more work shifting remote, the growth of gig economy contract work and an increasing use of the contingent workforce, the need for pre-verified identity during the pre-employment process continues to grow. Our full suite of identity solutions includes telecom and device verification, document verification, facial recognition, biometric matching and video chat identity proofing. In addition to online identity verification, we have proprietary technology in a single-sourced national network of fingerprint collection sites across all 50 U.S. states, where we can capture and use multiple sets of biometrics in a single visit using internally developed innovative hardware and software, which can be integrated with the Federal Bureau of Investigation (the “FBI”), FINRA and other screening processes. We believe our identity solutions add demonstrable value to clients and candidates, and we are well-positioned to benefit as the market adopts identity verification as part of background screening.
•Highly diversified and long-tenured client base. Our deep insight into the industries and geographies we serve through more than 45 years of experience has allowed us to develop a client base that is diversified
across size, industry and geography with minimal concentration. This is enabled by our deep market expertise and our delivery model where we have verticalized around specific industries and geographic markets. This go-to-market approach creates a cycle of innovation, product development, benchmarking and consultative best-practices. We currently serve over 50,000 clients, including nearly 60% of the Fortune 100 and over 50% of the Fortune 500. Our gross retention rate for 2023 and 2022 was 96%. In 2023, no single client accounted for more than 3% of our revenue and our top 25 clients accounted for less than 20% of our revenue. The average relationship for our top 100 clients, based on 2023 and 2022 total revenue, is over nine years and growing. These metrics reflect how deeply embedded we are in our clients’ daily human resources (“HR”) and compliance workflows. We are well diversified across healthcare, the gig economy, financial and business services, industrials, retail, contingent, technology, media and entertainment, transportation and logistics, hospitality, education and government industries. As the complexity and nuances of acquiring talent increases for organizations, we believe we are well-positioned to grow with our clients.
•Attractive financial profile. We have an attractive business model underpinned by recurring revenues, significant operating leverage and low capital requirements that contribute to strong free cash flow. A majority of our U.S. enterprise client contracts are exclusive to Sterling or require Sterling to be used as the primary provider. Additionally, they are typically multi-year agreements with automatic renewal terms, no termination for convenience clauses and set pricing with Sterling’s right to increase prices at certain intervals including the ability to increase pass-through costs to our clients with 30 days notice. The strength of our contract terms combined with our high levels of client retention results in a high degree of revenue visibility. The vast majority of our revenues are either recurring or re-occurring in nature. We have driven these results by deploying strategies and tactics focused on winning new business, driving up-sell and cross-sell, and increasing our gross retention rate. While we experienced year-over-year declines in each quarter of 2023, primarily due to base revenue decline caused by macroeconomic factors, our average revenue growth from the combination of new business, up-sell and cross-sell, net of attrition was approximately 7%. Additionally, because of our API-driven fulfillment platform we benefit from operating leverage, utilizing our robust automation processes that result in attractive contribution margins associated with incremental revenue generated from our solutions. Our capital requirements remain minimal with capital expenditures (including capitalized software development costs and exclusive of acquisitions) of 2.8% and 2.6% of revenues in 2023 and 2022, respectively. We incurred a net loss of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, generated net income of $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and incurred net losses of $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Although we incurred net losses during 2023 and 2021, we continued to generate strong free cash flow, allowing us the financial flexibility to invest in the business and pursue growth through acquisitions.
•Experienced management team with depth of experience and track record of success. Our senior management team has a track record of strong performance and significant expertise in the markets we serve and technology-enabled businesses, with 90% of our senior management team being new or in new roles since 2018. Our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Josh Peirez, has extensive strategy, product and operational experience and plays an instrumental role in driving Sterling toward our global vision. Our President and Chief Operating Officer, Lou Paglia, leads global operations and is responsible for driving revenue growth, delivering client service, and ensuring our services meet the evolving market needs. Our Chief Administrative Officer and Chief People Officer, Robyn Price Stonehill, leverages her extensive public company experience and actuarial background to bring financial and business acumen that aligns human resources and strategic global initiatives as she leads multiple functions including People & Culture, Procurement, Pricing & Revenue Management and the Transformation Office. We also maintain a strong core of business leaders dedicated to specific Verticals and Regions that leverage substantial experience across the background screening, risk management and information services industries. We believe this management team is well positioned to lead our business into the future.
Growth Strategy
We intend to capitalize on our attractive market opportunity by continuing to execute across the following key revenue and profit growth strategies:
•Expand existing client relationships. Our contractual agreements with more than 50,000 clients reflect a continued opportunity regarding the adoption of new services. Since 2019, over 50% of new clients in the U.S. have contracted for more than one product line, which demonstrates our ability to grow within our client base. We have implemented rigorous client success programs to better anticipate our clients’ needs and identify appropriate solutions. For example, we conduct quarterly business reviews with our enterprise clients, where we review program performance, client needs, industry trends and potential enhancement
opportunities. Through this collaborative approach, we cultivate long-term client relationships primed for adoption of new services. Further, we are seeing global clients that use different providers in different geographies consolidate into one platform, and we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of this trend.
•Win new clients. We have an established track record of new client wins and believe there is substantial opportunity to further grow our client base. Operating in a large and highly fragmented addressable market, we win against both large and small competitors due to our deep market expertise from our sales and support verticalization combined with the flexibility of our proprietary technology platform. This combination enables us to deliver industry-relevant, highly specialized solutions to our clients in a scalable manner, driving profitable growth and differentiating us from our competitors. Our size and scale positions us to serve enterprise organizations well. We believe that many competitors, especially smaller ones, will continue to be challenged in meeting enterprise client needs, including sophisticated and flexible platforms, global capabilities and the ability to handle large volumes, complex programs and varying compliance requirements. Our differentiated product and service offerings, platform capabilities, and go-to-market strategy have resulted in significant new business momentum, with growth from new business of 9% in 2022 and 5% in 2023.
•Grow Identity-as-a-Service offering. Based upon our more than 45 years of industry experience, we believe that most background screening companies in the U.S. do not typically check identities or verify candidate-provided biographical data—two things that are critical for a successful background check. When clients select Sterling’s comprehensive and fully customizable identity verification solution, candidates are guided through a simple process that verifies their identity, supported by our exclusive partnership with ID.me. All relevant biographic data is then automatically imported, with the candidate’s consent, into Sterling Candidate Hub and used to initiate the background check, resulting in greater accuracy and reduced fraud. We believe that the strong value proposition for clients coupled with the strength of Sterling’s offering will make Identity-as-a-Service a key contributor to our success in expanding existing client relationships and winning new clients. Outside of the U.S., workflow partnership with U.K.-based Yoti has expanded our digital identity solutions to international markets by building on the same vision and best-in-class identity verification offerings we have in place in the U.S. with ID.me.
•Introduce new products and penetrate adjacent markets. We have a robust new product roadmap. Project Ignite has enabled us to launch products rapidly to meet immediate client needs, and in 2023 we further developed our global identity suite with the ability for clients to order standalone Identity in the U.S. This extends the value of Identity for clients wanting to run Identity as a first step before a background check. Additionally, we also extended our industry-leading Identity position through the release of our new identity verification workflow with Yoti. The Sterling/Yoti partnership expands Sterling’s digital identity capabilities internationally, with an immediate focus in the U.K. market, where our differentiated, identity-first approach has achieved a decrease in turnaround time by approximately 80%, improved completion rates and more accurate screening results. By enabling the verification process at the beginning of a background check, the new solution decreases turnaround times by approximately 80%, improves completion rates and delivers more accurate screening results. Separately, we also announced new capabilities that help clients to effortlessly manage and scale their post-hire monitoring in our Client Hub. We are optimistic about our consistent progress to streamline and simplify the post-hire experience, which has traditionally involved a more limited, fragmented experience with multiple providers. We intend to continue to invest in developing industry-first solutions, further innovating in our existing Verticals and Regions as well as pursuing adjacent market opportunities that leverage our existing technology platform. Lastly, we plan to pursue new or underpenetrated adjacent market opportunities including talent assessment, reference checking, onboarding and investigative due diligence.
•Pursue further geographic expansion. For the year ended December 31, 2023, $109.9 million, or 15%, of Sterling revenue was generated outside of the U.S. compared to $123.0 million, or 16%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 and $119.2 million, or 19%, for the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease from 2021 is partially attributable to our acquisitions of U.S.-based EBI and A-Check. We see compelling opportunities to extend our operating presence in other geographies and unify the global experience for clients as our international business continues to expand profitably, benefiting from operating leverage due to investments made in a global technology infrastructure and global fulfillment. We expect continued adoption of outsourced background screening outside the U.S. and are well positioned to benefit from this trend. We continue to introduce innovative region-specific products to best meet the needs of clients within each geography. We believe we have a unique ability to translate client needs into superior local market solutions through a combination of portfolio depth and breadth, local know-how and language capabilities. In EMEA, we continue to be a market leader in the U.K., with particular strength with financial services and gig
companies. In parallel, we are growing our presence across the region with particular focus in continental Europe. To facilitate this expansion, we continue to expand the impact of our global multilingual hub in Poland. We entered the APAC market through two acquisitions and while 2022 resulted in over 20% year-over-year growth in both established and emerging screening markets, 2023 yielded a 11% decline in revenue from 2022 as a result of unfavorable foreign currency exchange rates and base decline. In Canada, we have a strong position in small- and medium-sized businesses and are focused on the significant opportunity to serve more of the Canadian operations of our U.S. clients with our unified global platform. In January 2023, we expanded our global presence into Latin America through the acquisition of Socrates, the largest independent screening company in Latin America, allowing us to better serve the rapidly growing regional hiring needs of both multi-national and local clients in a region with rapidly increasing hiring demands.
•Leverage proprietary data. With over 45 years of industry experience, we have the know-how to obtain data from robust and trusted sources, access to historical data and the resources to put data to work. We will explore opportunities to develop, augment, and acquire proprietary data sets that could be used to fuel our existing core business and create new opportunities in a multitude of ways, including: improving speed and the quality of our services; creating cost efficiencies, industry benchmarks, and client program recommendations and optimizations; and building unique products.
•Pursue strategic M&A. We view a targeted, disciplined approach to strategic mergers and acquisitions (“M&A”) as highly complementary to our other key growth objectives, compounding and/or accelerating related opportunities. Historically, Sterling has successfully identified, acquired and integrated several businesses that broaden and enhance our suite of client solutions and geographic presence. We will continue to execute a rigorous framework for building an actionable pipeline of acquisitions, with a focus on both (i) strategic benefits such as depth and breadth of capabilities, regional presence, and end market exposure and (ii) tangible opportunities to generate synergies and strong financial returns on capital deployed. As part of this targeted growth strategy, we are focused on acquiring targets that (i) are U.S. tuck-ins, (ii) provide us with increased scale in existing international markets, (iii) expand us into new geographies, or (iv) provide us with opportunities for supply chain consolidation. With hundreds of smaller competitors in our space, we see M&A as a strategic opportunity to increase market share while realizing synergies. Through our investments in technology, we have established a unified platform, allowing us to quickly integrate targets and drive synergies. We expect Sterling’s proven track record of M&A—with 13 acquisitions over the last 12 years—to continue to support and elevate the various layers of our future growth profile.
Our Technology and Operating Platform
Our product portfolio is enabled by a core set of cloud-based, proprietary technology tools that provide access to court records, expedite workflows, and deliver highly accurate results. The outputs of these technology tools are seamlessly integrated into our client and candidate interfaces and our clients’ HCM systems enabling a simple, fast and unified candidate hiring experience. These systems cannot easily be replicated and have enabled Sterling to boast some of the fastest turnaround times in the industry, while maintaining the quality our clients expect.
In early 2019, we launched Project Ignite, a three-phase strategic investment initiative, to create a cloud-native enterprise-class global platform with best-in-class user experiences and product capabilities. This initiative has enabled us to deliver a new client experience with enhanced analytics and dashboard tools; a streamlined, mobile-first, and localized candidate experience; movement of platforms processing approximately 98% of our revenue in the cloud; new product innovations; increased automation for improved efficiency, turnaround time and quality; and an improved security environment. We continue to benefit from these enhancements through new business wins and improved client retention. Over the long term, we expect these investments will continue to enhance our margins, improve time to market—as we build once and deploy globally—and allow us to increase innovation.
Client and Candidate Interfaces
At the center of the Sterling background screening experience are our Sterling Candidate Hub, Sterling Client Hub and Sterling Analytics Hub, each purpose-built to meet the needs of specific end users.
•Sterling Candidate Hub. Sterling Candidate Hub, launched in 2019, was built with today’s candidate in mind from start to finish. Our background, identity and compliance services sit between the recruiting and employee onboarding stages within a company’s employee lifecycle. As such, Sterling Candidate Hub is one of the first interactions candidates have with our clients; we have heard time and again from clients how important these initial interactions are, as they set the tone with new employees. Positive first impressions can lead to improved job acceptance rates, employee satisfaction and productivity. In response to these
needs, we have developed an intuitive, frictionless and mobile-first candidate experience. Sterling Candidate Hub provides a streamlined process for candidates to interact with Sterling and manage their entire screening process. The platform allows candidates the flexibility to provide information from any device in multiple languages and allows them to save time with mobile document uploads and e-signature capabilities. The platform is intelligent, so as to customize the information requested based on the specific package of services ordered; this means candidates need not waste time providing extraneous information. Progress is managed through text notifications and reminders.
•Sterling Client Hub. No two clients are the same, but all demand a powerful yet easy to use platform. This is why we purpose-built our cloud-based, proprietary technology client platform, Sterling Client Hub, in 2020. Sterling Client Hub consolidates candidate orders and data into a single, unified workflow, allowing clients to easily place orders, manage tasks, monitor statuses and view consumer reports. Its mobile responsive design stands apart from more cumbersome competitor platforms. Results are easy-to-read with intuitive results display and collapsible/expandable search details. The platform is flexible by design to allow clients the ability to configure permissions, access control by role, invitation and task workflows, packages and adjudication rules. Single-sign-on capabilities allow enterprise clients the ability to manage their programs consistent with security best practices. Sterling Client Hub is highly secure, designed to be easily augmented with new services and regularly updated to meet evolving compliance standards. All this enables our clients to manage complex screening programs with ease while reducing time-to-hire.
•Sterling Analytics Hub. The currency of data and value of data-driven insights to clients, especially to program managers, is of paramount importance. Our Sterling Analytics Hub provides clients with a customizable, powerful data analytics platform to display a comprehensive view of their screening programs. Our robust suite of dashboards provides clients with the information they need to gain better insights and to make data-driven decisions as they seek to manage, streamline and optimize their programs. The Sterling Analytics Hub puts comprehensive program management one click away, while providing drill down capabilities and underlying data.
Platform Integrations
We believe we have one of the most integrated platforms in our industry as evidenced by our over 75 integrations with leading providers in the HCM and ATS ecosystem as well as our robust Sterling Gig API capabilities. Over 60% of our revenue is generated from integrated clients.
Our integration capabilities allow clients to benefit from improved productivity and profitability, streamlined candidate experiences and reduction in user-based errors and subsequent candidate disputes. Sterling benefits by increasing the stickiness of clients, reducing potential relationship friction from user-based errors and harvesting leads from our strong referral partnerships.
•Sterling Integration Hub. Our services can be directly integrated into our clients’ proprietary workflows through one of our more than 75 platform integrations, further streamlining our clients’ HR processes and improving candidate experiences, while creating a stickier client relationship. We have developed a robust partner ecosystem with industry-leading HCM system providers such as Oracle, SAP SuccessFactors, Workday Recruiting and Ultimate Kronos Group, among others. The Sterling Integration Hub middleware is proprietary and easily configurable to meet the needs of most corporate HR systems. Unlike many of our competitors, we are not dependent on third-party middleware, which gives us both the flexibility and the ability to customize to the needs of the market and control our own roadmap. We deliver secure, partner-ready integration solutions that are built to scale to any size business.
•Sterling Gig API. Sterling offers a well-documented public RESTful API. Our API enables gig economy and enterprise companies to easily integrate their own applications into Sterling’s platform. It provides a wide range of capabilities, customization options and mobility solutions out of the box, which means that implementation will not detract from core product development. We are seeing this flexible API used with greater frequency where traditional HR based integration methods, like HRXML, have previously been used. In addition, this API opens up a multitude of use cases where Sterling can easily integrate into client and partner workflow applications.
Fulfillment Technology
Since Sterling launched one of the industry’s first automated criminal record fulfillment platforms, CourtDirect, in 2006, we have been at the forefront of leveraging technology to improve service fulfillment. We have continually invested, innovated and iterated on our fulfillment technology and data acquisition for over 15 years. In total, our investments make it difficult for a competitor to replicate our global fulfillment systems without substantial investment. Our fulfillment platform leverages over 3,600 proprietary and AI-driven automation integrations,
including APIs and RPA bots, which enables 90% of our U.S. criminal searches to be automated and allows us to complete 60% of U.S. criminal searches within the first five minutes, 65% of U.S. criminal searches within the first 15 minutes, over 70% of U.S. criminal searches within the first hour and 90% within the first day. Our automation provides a significant competitive advantage and margin enhancement opportunity that can be deployed to other areas of Sterling, including account setup, procurement and financial reporting.
Our well-developed fulfillment technology highlights the resiliency of our business model under even extreme conditions, providing clients with ease-of-mind and allowing them to focus on their own businesses. For example, Sterling’s technologically enhanced fulfillment allowed us to fulfill searches in at least 98% of U.S. jurisdictions throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, while we believe certain competitors struggled to operate.
Historical investments in CourtDirect, SmartData and Verifications Portal technologies not only reduce costs for Sterling and our clients, but also lead to improvements in speed, quality and compliance.
•CourtDirect Technology. Underpinning Sterling’s U.S. criminal searches is our third generation of CourtDirect, our proprietary criminal records delivery system. This technology automates a historically manual and time-consuming process by integrating with jurisdictions throughout the U.S. With access to millions of criminal records, CourtDirect provides faster turnaround times while decreasing human data entry errors. Because CourtDirect is our proprietary technology, we use vendors to retrieve county court records on a limited basis, unlike many of our competitors. In jurisdictions where automation is not possible or practical, we seek to hire our own court runners rather than rely exclusively on third-party vendors. This gives us greater control over our supply chain and the ability to achieve faster turnaround times on average.
•SmartData Technology. Where CourtDirect performs automated criminal record search and retrieval, our proprietary SmartData technology automates Sterling’s criminal record review processes, thus eliminating manual steps so that services can be completed quickly and efficiently. The technology starts by ensuring that returned criminal records can be positively attributed to the specific candidate being searched using our proprietary AI matching algorithms. The technology then standardizes criminal charges, conviction codes and disposition codes among the thousands of courts within the U.S., after which it applies U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations to the standardized records. Through years of work, we have been able to standardize over 750,000 permutations of state, charge and disposition combinations. The standardization work that SmartData performs also allows us to administer a clients’ customized adjudication matrix at their direction more easily. With SmartData all of this is done without human intervention, resulting in reduced human error, increased accuracy and shorter turnaround times. For example, we noted an approximately 55% reduction in turnaround times following the adoption of SmartData to Sterling’s criminal record review process. Currently over 55% of our potential criminal record reporting volume is auto-closed using the technology; where required, Sterling’s experienced team members perform the record review processes. Unlike an outsourced solution that some competitors use, Sterling has full control to make changes quickly in response to client needs, changes in laws and regulations, or simply for enhancements based upon our own review.
•Verifications Portal. Our Verifications Portal is a proprietary fulfillment platform that delivers increased efficiencies, higher productivity, improved quality and faster turnaround times for our clients. The Verifications Portal’s functionality removes the need for manual work assignment by queuing up the next available work for a Sterling verifier based on the employee’s skillset. Additionally, it leverages algorithms to intelligently group and map work. For example, the Verification Portal can group verifications from a particular employer and assign them to a single agent so that outreach to said employer is optimized. It uses automation to allow Sterling to highly customize our clients’ credential verification programs without sacrificing productivity, speed or accuracy. The Verifications Portal is used in conjunction with direct APIs to our vendor partners and our proprietary Verifications Contact Database that tracks known entities and their preferred mode of fulfillment, decreasing the verifier’s research time. This database is a proprietary asset compiled over many years and updated daily, providing a strong competitive advantage in enabling Sterling to fulfill verifications more efficiently.
Global Operations
Supplementing our fulfillment technology is an experienced, resilient and global operations team that partners with our Vertical and Region teams to provide exceptional quality, consistent delivery and customization capabilities for our clients. Sterling utilizes an in-house offshore strategy rather than relying on third-party outsource partners, which many of our competitors utilize. The benefits of leveraging an in-house global operations team strategy include rigorous oversight of quality control, enhanced speed of execution, a broad and diverse talent pool, economies of scale and attractive labor costs; resulting in a unified, knowledgeable employee base that is dedicated to Sterling’s mission and our clients’ experience.
Today, the operations team is located across 13 countries—U.S., Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Colombia, India, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore and the U.K.—with, what we believe is, the industry’s first offshore captive fulfillment center launched in India in 2006. This allows us to be nimble in scaling geographically to support incremental volumes and also provide country and regional specialization to meet our clients’ needs. Additionally, the geographically diverse footprint of the operations team supports our business continuity plan, such as during the COVID-19 pandemic when we flexed work across geographies as needed.
We have multiple initiatives underway to further reduce our turnaround times, improve our margins and further enhance client experiences. First, we continually leverage process reengineering to improve quality and efficiency. Second, through technology investments as part of Project Ignite, we intend to extend the success we’ve seen with RPA in our U.S. criminal fulfillment processes to our other product lines, including verifications, drug and health and non-U.S. criminal screening. In addition, by consolidating clients onto our single global platform in phase three of Project Ignite, we are able to drive greater efficiency within our operations teams and to better manage resources through seasonal and unexpected demand spikes. During 2023, we continued to focus on a key initiative that we launched at the end of 2022, Project Nucleus, which we expect to drive meaningful cost savings and efficiency gains in our cost of revenues. The goal of this initiative is to enhance our organization by re-engineering processes, driving fulfillment labor cost reductions and identifying and executing on additional automation opportunities.
Our Suite of Services
Identity Verification
Sterling’s identity verification services provide our clients with real-time information about a candidate to help validate and verify who they are hiring before they begin a background check. With the continued movement toward remote work, the prevalence of digitized identification information and increase in data breaches, there is an ever-growing risk that a candidate may be using a stolen identity when applying for a job and completing a background check. Our comprehensive set of solutions helps clients to mitigate that risk through the following services:
Online Identity-as-a-Service Suite.
In the U.S., Sterling’s exclusive partnership with ID.me provides us with an identity verification solution that is recognized as best-in-class and has been adopted by numerous U.S. federal agencies and states. Individuals get a reusable secure digital identity credential so they only go through identity verification once. Our online Identity-as-a-Service suite with ID.me is made up of five identity verification building blocks that are combined to meet a client’s unique required level of comfort, including meeting the U.S. federal National Institute of Standards and Technology 800-63 technical requirements for federal agencies and contractors implementing digital identity verification services. The building blocks are:
•Telecom and Device Verification: Verify that the SIM card in a mobile device is associated with the candidate’s identity. Evaluate the tenure of the account, device location and fraud history.
•Identification Document Verification: Scan, verify and parse document images using machine vision to extract content, leveraging a proprietary database of rules and AI to verify document authenticity. ID.me currently contains 110 million pre-verified identities within the database and is growing.
•Facial Recognition with Biometric Matching: Match a government identity document to the candidate’s selfie image using advanced machine learning technologies.
•Social Security Number Verification: Validate a candidate’s biographic information, such as name, address and other identifying information against credit bureau records.
•Live Video Chat Identification Proofing: As a failover option or upon client preference, we provide individuals the ability to complete identity proofing with a trained “Trusted Referee” via video conferencing.
Internationally, Sterling has partnered with Yoti to streamline background checks and expand its digital identity solutions. The global partnership is expanding our digital identity capabilities in EMEA, APAC, Canada and Latin America, accelerating our vision to create privacy-centric portable identities for candidates.
•The partnership enables a digital identity verification workflow to be integrated directly into the hiring process, allowing employers to take an identity-first approach, where a candidate’s identity is verified before completing other background checks and before actually being hired.
•Candidates who verify their identity through Sterling and Yoti will be able to seamlessly create a secure, reusable digital identity. This will allow them to verify their identity once and share their details with other businesses in seconds, making the verification process more streamlined for employers and candidates. Individuals will be able to use their digital identity for future job opportunities, age verification and any process requiring identity verification.
•Sterling clients and their candidates can enjoy the unique experience in the U.K. today with additional international regions planned for 2024.
Fingerprinting.
We provide fingerprinting services through our proprietary technology in a single-sourced and convenient national network with locations in all 50 U.S. states. Our state-of-the-art digital fingerprint capture technology reduces rejection rates and speeds up processing for faster onboarding and we are certified with the FBI, FINRA, Florida Department of Law Enforcement and the Agency for Healthcare Information to submit electronic fingerprints directly. In addition, FINRA has contracted with Sterling to be its exclusive fingerprint provider. Under this agreement, we process and submit fingerprints to the FBI for all broker-dealer firms, funding portals, transfer agents and clearing agencies.
Background Checks
Our background check solutions utilize proprietary automation technology that delivers more thorough, faster and accurate records. These solutions include:
•Criminal record checks. Within the U.S., there is no single source for criminal records; instead, records are stored at 3,500+ local and county courthouses as well as separate state and federal databases, making it time and cost prohibitive to search all jurisdictions. Sterling uses a four-step process to address the complexity of the U.S. court systems. First, we determine where to search to locate a candidate’s possible criminal records and under what potential names using some or all of (i) a social security number trace to determine the addresses where a candidate has lived and what aliases the candidate may have used, (ii) a search of a national criminal record database and (iii) an incarceration and bookings database. Second, we leverage our CourtDirect technology to search and review each primary source jurisdiction and review the records for completeness. Next, we utilize our SmartData technology to determine whether candidate data matches any court records, filter the records per compliance requirements and apply specific client instructed adjudication rules. Finally, we deliver the results in a consumer report. Collectively, these steps enable us to provide what we believe are among the quickest turnaround times—60% of U.S. criminal searches within the first five minutes, 65% of U.S. criminal searches within the first 15 minutes, over 70% of U.S. criminal searches within the first hour and 90% within the first day—and highest accuracy as well as automation for efficient and effective client experiences.
Outside the U.S., Sterling supports criminal record searches in over 240 countries and territories. A global workforce requires dynamic, in-depth background checks from an experienced provider. The trend toward more people traveling across international borders for work requires the ability to conduct background checks in multiple geographies and jurisdictions for a single candidate. Each country and territory may have its own set of criminal data availability and access restrictions. For most of Sterling’s searches, we have access to nationwide or local court records directly or through approved partners. Some geographies require local police clearance authorizations that are obtained by the candidates, which are then validated by Sterling. In geographies that do not allow for either nationwide or local court records retrieval or police clearance authorization, Sterling utilizes databases that aggregate records worldwide from governments, courts, regulatory and law enforcement agency sources to identify potential criminal activity.
•Sex offender registries. Within the U.S., Sterling searches through the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”) National Sex Offender Public Website (“NSOPW”), which includes registered sex offenders in all 50 U.S. states, U.S. territories, the District of Columbia and participating Indian tribes. Sex offender registry searches are critical to ensuring employees, especially those with direct access to consumers and vulnerable populations, do not have relevant records.
•Civil court records. Sterling searches U.S. county court and federal civil settlement records and equivalents in many other countries and territories based on where the candidate has lived that match our client’s needs and requirements. Our Civil Court Record Searches help make clients aware of potential threats and arm them with facts to make well-informed decisions on which candidates align best with their organization. Our search reveals details such as breach of contracts, civil judgments, lawsuits, paternity suits, domestic disputes, divorces and restraining orders.
•Motor vehicle and driving license records. Our Motor Vehicle Record (“MVR”) reporting includes license type and class, restrictions, expiration date, endorsements, suspensions or revocations, violations/tickets, accidents and Driving Under the Influence (“DUI”) or Driving While Intoxicated (“DWI”) violations. Within the U.S., many of our clients require compliance with Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration and DOT regulations.
•Executive investigations. For clients who require a higher level of insight, our enhanced due diligence subsidiary, Sterling Diligence, provides executive-level due diligence and executive screening and global investigations. Our executive investigation services are trusted by Fortune 100 companies, as well as some of the world’s most prestigious healthcare companies, law firms, accounting firms, professional service providers, financial institutions, and mergers and acquisitions specialists.
•Credit reports. Credit checks are often mandated for candidates with managerial, accounting, financial record or check-writing responsibilities, and our reports reveal unbiased insights into candidates’ financial trustworthiness.
•Liens, Judgments, Bankruptcies. Our liens, judgments and bankruptcies product checks a U.S. nationwide database to determine where a candidate may have relevant records. We then search the identified U.S. civil courts to confirm and validate the records prior to reporting. This search is often combined with a credit check.
•Social media searches. Social media background checks provide vital information that help employers minimize the risk of a bad hire. Sterling helps companies protect their brands by screening potential and current employees using publicly available online information. Our social media searches, the scope of which are determined by our clients, reduces risk with a solution that enhances ethical decision-making and compliance by proactively identifying behaviors such as bigotry, sexism and violence.
•Contingent Workforce Solution. Our contingent workforce solution allows clients to centrally and effectively manage their contingent worker program by quickly and easily onboarding new contractors, obtaining program and contractor level reporting and having candidates pay for their own screens if desired.
•Sanctions, risk and compliance checks. Sterling can search a variety of sanctions databases, including: the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons, commonly referred to as a terrorist watch list; Office of Inspector General (“OIG”); List of Excluded Individuals/Entities; the System for Award Management (“SAM”); the Excluded Parties List System (“EPLS”); the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”); state exclusions, sanctions, debarment, and disciplinary actions against healthcare professionals and businesses lists; and a database of foreign government restriction, sanction and exclusion records.
Credential Verification
Our global verification services include the following:
•Employment verification. Verifies a candidate’s employment history and records with HR, payroll or third-party providers. Verification can cover periods of traditional employment, as well as temp agency assignments, military history, and periods of self-employment. An employment history can be supplemented with a gap assessment, wherein Sterling identifies and validates gaps in a candidate’s employment history.
•Education verification. Verifies a candidate’s education history and records with school registers or designated third-party providers at the collegiate, high school, GED and home-schooling levels.
•Credential verification. Verifies many types of licenses and credentials such as financial FINRA checks, nursing licenses, medical licenses and others.
•Professional reference checks. Verifies a candidate’s character and work proficiency.
•Department of Transportation. Within the U.S., verifies employment with DOT-regulated companies. Verification confirms job title, start/end dates, reason for leaving, prior accidents, injuries and other DOT mandated information.
Drug and Health Screening
Our U.S. drug and health screening services offer comprehensive pre-and post-hire drug screening with access to an expansive collection network of approximately 20,000 test sites nationwide. We offer drug screening services designed to reduce turnaround times, increase efficiency and improve the overall candidate and client experiences. The convenience of end-to-end electronic processing, online scheduling and walk-in collection sites enable employees and candidates to access locations and times that work best for them nationwide. We utilize Medical Review Officer Certification Council certified medical review officers that are licensed physicians responsible for receiving and reviewing each laboratory result issued. In addition, we offer access to an array of occupational health screening and clinical services such as physicals, fit for duty exams, titers, vaccinations, and a variety of other services.
Our commitment to client-centric innovation throughout our service lines led to the development of our fast-growing Clinical Services Concierge service. For those clients that require additional support to clinical services, this
service can help relieve the stress of managing a complex drug and health screening program. We offer personalized candidate instruction through a dedicated clinical concierge professional who can provide candidates step-by-step assistance to lead them through the process, creating a more seamless process and ensuring candidates are able to start on the date planned. We can also tailor our testing and services to meet our clients’ unique business and compliance requirements including instant point-of-care tests, onsite testing options and random testing selection.
Onboarding
Our onboarding solutions include the following:
•Sterling I-9. With ever-changing U.S. regulations, many employers either complete Form I-9 incorrectly or continue to rely upon paper-and-pencil Form I-9 completion with onsite storage. Remote workplaces and telework create additional requirements and logistical challenges. Sterling’s in-house, fully digital I-9 solution, Sterling I-9, provides seamless integration with our full suite of screening and onboarding services. It provides a mobile-responsive experience for both clients and their candidates. Having an in-house solution, unlike many of our competitors, allows for deeper integrations into our clients’ workflows while enabling us to respond faster to client and market needs.
•Onboarding forms. Sterling’s offering eases the burden for clients of processing the employee documentation required for onboarding. Our offering includes standard tax withholding and Equal Employment Opportunity (“EEO”) disclosure forms as well as client-designed custom onboarding forms. Our solution validates data upon entry and checks for skipped questions, thus reducing opportunities for mistakes.
Ongoing Monitoring
Employers across industries are increasingly focused on managing risk in the workplace beyond initial hire through continuous screening and monitoring. Our ongoing monitoring solutions within the U.S. include the following:
•Workforce monitoring. Our workforce monitoring solution provides tools for clients to mitigate risk and liability through near real-time alerts on employee potential criminal behavior, such as DUIs, assaults, fraud and theft.
•Medical license monitoring. Our medical licensing monitoring solution helps mitigate brand and regulatory risk by providing a more efficient way for clients to identify individuals whose valid medical licenses may no longer be valid.
•Motor vehicle records monitoring. Our MVR monitoring solution provides continuous driver monitoring, driver list management, real time reporting, on-demand MVRs and access to driver training. For certain industries (e.g. transportation and logistics, gig, etc.) driver risk management is a critical business issue affecting reputation, profitability and regulatory compliance.
Our Clients
We serve the background and identity verification services needs of more than 50,000 clients. Our client base is diversified in size of client and industry and includes nearly 60% of the Fortune 100 and over 50% of the Fortune 500. We have minimal client concentration with no client accounting for more than 3% of revenue, and our top 25 clients accounting for less than 20% of revenue. We serve the healthcare, gig, financial and business services, industrials, retail, contingent, technology, media and entertainment, transportation and logistics, hospitality, education and government industries. We employ an operating model organized by Vertical and Region that produces differentiated end-market insights and allows us to tailor solutions to meet the needs of each industry we serve.
Our client relationships are contractual in nature and typically have multiple year terms with no termination for convenience clauses. A majority of our U.S. enterprise client contracts are exclusive to Sterling or the client is required to use Sterling as their primary provider. Our success is driven by a competitive service offering of fast, reliable, and accurate screening information delivered on a cost-effective basis. Additionally, our offerings are tightly integrated with our clients’ ATSs and HCM systems, further cementing our services into our clients’ daily HR workflows. These factors have yielded strong client relationships with an average tenure of over nine years across our top 100 clients based on 2023 and 2022 total revenue.
Sales and Marketing
Sterling’s lead generation and sales organization is one of our defining differentiators in the market. A strong sales culture permeates our organization as nearly all senior members of the management team are active in seeking and winning new business. We sell our solutions through a direct sales team organized by Vertical and Region. Each Vertical and Region has dedicated product marketing personnel and budget. Sales representatives are then responsible for the end-to-end selling process, including discovery, demonstration, negotiation and closing. Our sales representatives are trained to take a consultative approach to the entire new business process in order to understand the specific challenges and industry-specific nuances faced by clients. Based on this research, they design a pursuit strategy and propose solutions tailored to the client’s needs. Sterling’s sales approach ensures that we keep the client and their needs at the center of our process. Each sales representative’s productivity is tracked toward individual quotas with performance measured and reported daily.
Additionally, Sterling utilizes professional services and client success teams, which are also aligned by Vertical and Region, that are responsible for seamless client onboarding, client retention and upselling opportunities. Our Vertical and Region teams partner with centralized shared services groups that provide certain critical processes, including sales cycle management, training, analytics, requests for proposals, marketing operations, brand and
digital marketing, pricing, integrations support and client implementations. This provides clients with a smooth experience from prospecting through implementation and support. As of December 31, 2023, we have more than 70 sales representatives and more than 580 client success professionals.
Clients count on Sterling for thought leadership in how they design and optimize their programs. Our client partnership model builds on our Vertical and Region team approach to help clients meet their specific objectives.
Our People
Our award-winning culture enables us to attract and retain diverse talent from a variety of industries and innovative companies. Our mission is to provide the foundation of trust and safety that our clients need to create great environments for their most essential resource—people. We believe everyone has the right to feel safe. As an organization, we strive to build a culture around four core values:
•It’s all about the people. Our business is about helping people find the right people. We care deeply about colleagues, clients and their candidates.
•The client is always in the room. We exist to help our clients build a foundation of trust and safety. We make decisions that are best for the clients, based on data and judgment, not ego and politics.
•Deliver results, they matter. We play to win. We are smart, fast and driven. We take risks, make mistakes and learn from them. We deliver.
•Start with trust and prove it every day. We trust each other and prove ourselves worthy of trust to our clients and colleagues every day.
We are a virtual-first company with most of our global employees working remotely. We believe this approach allows us to attract talent wherever people choose to live and allows us to better support our employees as they strive to balance the needs of their work and personal lives. We believe strongly in investing in the learning and development of our employees and in ensuring we have an inclusive environment that contributes to our high-performing teams globally.
•Talent Acquisition. As a virtual-first organization, we hire talented individuals who align with our culture and values and enhance our strong global team. We attract global talent to fill roles rather than being limited by local talent pools. We strive to have diverse candidate slates and interview panels.
•Employee Engagement and Connections. We provide virtual engagement activities for employees to foster belonging and opportunities to connect and enhance wellbeing. We host regular town halls to ensure company goals, progress and updates are shared with employees, with opportunities for question and answer dialogue. Through our “Sharing Our Stories” series, each quarter employees gain insights by engaging with Sterling leaders and colleagues on relevant topics to support learning and strengthen connections.
•Talent Development and Learning. We have a strong focus on learning and development with access to important compliance training, self-paced online courses, instructor-led job training and sessions to support managers in leading their teams. Our mentorship program under the banner of IMPACT: Individualized Mentorship Program Aiming at Creating a Transformational workplace offers opportunities for a select set of employees to be mentored by leaders at Sterling and participate in various virtual forums during the six-month program.
•Health and Wellbeing. We offer comprehensive and competitive compensation and benefits programs globally including retirement plans, generous vacation time, unlimited sick days, leave programs, and other allowances that vary by countries where we operate. Our Total Rewards programs support the physical and mental health of employees. Our Sterling W.O.W. (Working on Wellbeing) program is a global initiative designed to provide additional opportunities to connect and access resources that support and strengthen mental, physical, financial and community wellbeing. Examples of such opportunities include a global fitness challenge and virtual yoga sessions, as well as featured experts sharing tips to support healthier lifestyles.
•Diversity and Inclusion (“D&I”). At Sterling, we are committed to diversity and inclusion by championing and accepting individual uniqueness and cultivating a safe culture of belonging so that everyone can perform at their best in support of our clients, candidates and communities we serve. Our multi-year D&I strategic focus is to enhance diversity throughout our global workforce; energize our inclusive workplace culture; and partner to strengthen outcomes in the global marketplace. We do this in many ways including through our global Employee Resource Groups (“ERGs”), training courses and focused communication to encourage difficult conversations, while providing employees with the tools and knowledge required to be an ally and an advocate for our diverse workforce. We are proud that women represent more than half of our global employee workforce as well as half of our senior leadership team.
We believe that our culture creates an environment where people are engaged and proud of the work they do. Our twice-a-year Pulse surveys gather direct feedback from employees to help us continuously improve. Our most recent Employee Net Promoter Score (“eNPS”) of 33 reinforced the strength of our Sterling culture and reflected the favorable sentiment of employees affirming they would recommend Sterling to a friend or colleague.
As of December 31, 2023, we have nearly 5,700 active employees, including more than 4,200 in our offshore operations in India and the Philippines. We also engage contingent workers when needed to enhance our workforce. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we have never experienced any work stoppages. We consider the relationships we have with our employees to be excellent.
Competition
The market for global background and identity verification services is highly fragmented and competitive. We compete with global competitors as well as regional providers.
The global background screening services market can be broken down into the following categories:
•Global Full-Suite Players. Players in this category, where Sterling competes, are characterized by their global scale and enterprise offerings. Other competitors in this category include First Advantage and HireRight. Sterling differentiates itself from other players in this category through its highly specialized and innovative solutions, exceptional client support backed by deep market knowledge, fulfillment reliability, service quality (speed, accuracy, and compliance), and robust integration capabilities.
•Mid-Tier Players. These competitors tend to focus on a particular geographic region, industry or product line, and have limited global capabilities. Examples of mid-Tier players are Accurate Background, ADP, Cisive, Checkr, DISA, and Triton. Sterling differentiates itself from these players through its service quality, regional compliance expertise, consultative client support, global service and fulfillment capabilities, and price.
•Small and Independently-Owned Players. There are hundreds of small and independently-owned background screening players. These players tend to focus on one to two verticals. They typically serve SMBs, license their platform from third parties, and rely on vendors for fulfillment. When Sterling competes and wins against these players, we generally do so based on our modern proprietary platform, compliance expertise, robust integration ecosystem, and exceptional service delivery times and accuracy.
The identity verification market is vast and growing. There are a multitude of applications for identity verification ranging from background screening, to consumer identification services, to government-controlled security access points. Supporting these applications are a variety of companies providing either technologies or services. Sterling primarily operates in the background screening and credential verification subsector of this market as well as the biometric capture and record channeling subsector.
In the identity verification background screening and credential verification subsector, we compete with a few global full-suite and mid-tier background screening players. Sterling differentiates itself through our integration of identity verification into our proprietary platform as well as the breadth of identity verification technologies we offer and our partnerships with ID.me in the U.S. and with Yoti internationally.
In the identity verification, biometric capture and record channeling subsector we compete with a few fingerprint network providers. We win in this space based on our technology, security, captive nationwide network of fingerprint collection sites and being FINRA’s exclusive fingerprint services provider.
In general, we compete for business based on numerous factors, including service speed, accuracy and results, ease-of-use, breadth of offering, fulfillment reliability, compliance expertise, reputation, client service, platform quality and price.
Regulation
Many aspects of our business are subject to regulation in a number of jurisdictions in the U.S. and internationally. In these jurisdictions, government regulators oversee the conduct of our business, and have broad powers to promulgate and/or interpret laws, rules, and regulations that may serve to restrict or limit our operations.
We are subject to laws and regulations globally regarding among other things, the collection, use, disclosure, sale, transfer, receipt, storage, transmission, destruction, and other processing of personal data, including, among others, (i) the FCRA and state consumer reporting agency regulations, (ii) the GDPR, (iii) the U.K. data protection regime (the “U.K. GDPR”), (iv) the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”), (v) the Drivers’ Privacy Protection Act and (vi) the Illinois Biometric Information Privacy Act (“BIPA”). In addition, a November 2019
settlement with the CFPB also requires us to comply with the FCRA. These laws and regulations increase our operational requirements and subject us to risk of costly governmental fines and penalties, as well as private claims.
Intellectual Property
Our success depends, in part, on developing, maintaining, protecting and enforcing our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights. We own and control various intellectual property rights, such as confidential information, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks, tradenames, domain names, copyrights, patents, and U.S. and foreign registrations and applications for the foregoing. We enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, clients, suppliers, partners and vendors. While we believe that our intellectual property, in the aggregate, is generally important to our business and operations, we do not regard any aspect of our business as being dependent upon any single intellectual property right. We rely on the combination of intellectual property rights and other measures to protect our proprietary rights. Despite these efforts, existing intellectual property laws may afford only limited protections.
Seasonality
Demand for our products and services and our revenue is affected seasonally by macroeconomic hiring trends. Typically, revenue acceleration begins in the first quarter, with steady growth across the quarters as hiring accelerates. The fourth quarter, ending December 31, is typically our lowest revenue quarter due to a general market trend of lower hiring during the latter half of December due to the holidays. Also, certain clients across various industries historically have ramped up their hiring throughout the first half of the year as winter concludes, commercial activity tied to outdoor activities increases, and the school year ends, giving rise to student and graduate hiring.
Supplier Diversity
As a global leader in background and identity services, we pride ourselves on not only finding the right people for our clients, but also the right vendors for our business. We recognize the importance of having a diverse vendor base that reflects our customers around the world. We embrace diversity through our employees, our suppliers and partners we work with, our customers, and the communities in which we work and live. Sterling’s vendor diversity mission is to proactively identify, build relationships with, and purchase goods and services from certified diverse businesses. Sterling’s Vendor Diversity Program is administered and monitored by the Strategic Sourcing & Global Procurement team. The program is governed by internal goals and contractual commitments to our clients. At Sterling, we understand the critical need to vet and perform due diligence on vendors within our supply base. A thorough due diligence process allows us to identify diverse vendors and include those vendors in our day-to-day screening business. We further expect our suppliers to operate within the framework of principles, guidelines, and policies aligned with our ethical, social, and environmental responsibilities, as described in our Supplier Code of Conduct.
Indemnification and Insurance
Our business exposes us to potential liability including, but not limited to, potential liability for (i) breach of contract or negligence claims by our customers, (ii) non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and (iii) employment-related claims. In certain circumstances, we may also be liable for the acts or omissions of others, such as suppliers of goods or services.
We attempt to manage our potential liability to third parties through contractual protection (such as indemnification and limitation of liability provisions) in our contracts with customers and others, and through insurance. The contractual indemnification provisions vary in scope and generally do not protect us against some potential liabilities, such as liability arising out of our gross negligence or willful misconduct. In addition, in the event that we seek to enforce such an indemnification provision, the indemnifying party may not have sufficient resources to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations or may otherwise not comply with its contractual obligations. Further, the limitation of liability provisions in our customer contracts also vary in scope, thresholds and exclusions.
We currently maintain errors, omissions and professional liability insurance coverage with limits we believe to be appropriate. However, the coverage provided by such insurance may not be adequate for all claims made and such claims may be contested by applicable insurance carriers.
Available Information
Our internet address is www.sterlingcheck.com. We make available free of charge on or through our Internet website, our proxy statements, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is deemed not to be incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or to be part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Information about our Executive Officers
The following table presents Sterling’s current executive officers as of February 28, 2024:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name | | Age | | Position |
| | | | |
Joshua Peirez | | 53 | | Chief Executive Officer and Director |
Theresa Strong | | 40 | | Interim Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer |
Lou Paglia | | 49 | | President and Chief Operating Officer |
Steven Barnett | | 59 | | Executive Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal & Risk Officer |
Robyn Price Stonehill | | 51 | | Executive Vice President, Chief Administration Officer and Chief People Officer |
Joshua Peirez
Mr. Peirez joined Sterling as Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director in July 2018 and was named Chief Executive Officer in April 2019. He brings extensive strategy, product and operational experience to the Company, and plays an instrumental role in driving Sterling toward its global vision.
Prior to Sterling, Mr. Peirez served as President and Chief Operating Officer for Dun & Bradstreet, leading all aspects of customer-facing operations including the Company’s lines of business, multi-channel sales platform, service of client solutions, strategy, as well as mergers and acquisitions. Prior to joining Dun & Bradstreet, Mr. Peirez spent ten years with MasterCard, most recently in the role of Chief Innovation Officer for MasterCard Worldwide. A lawyer by training, Mr. Peirez also served as the Company’s Group Executive, Global Public Policy and Associate General Counsel. Before joining MasterCard in 2000, Mr. Peirez was an associate at Clifford Chance Rogers & Wells focusing on antitrust litigation.
Mr. Peirez has served on the Federal Reserve Board’s Consumer Advisory Council and the board of directors for the Westchester County Association. He was named in the Top 10 Innovators of 2009 ranked by Bank Technology News.
Mr. Peirez received a Bachelor of Science degree in Policy Analysis, Economic and Government Studies from Cornell University, and a Juris Doctor degree from Brooklyn Law School, where he received the Corpus Juris Secundum Award in Criminal Law and Comparative Constitutional Law. Mr. Peirez was selected to serve as a director because of the perspective, management, leadership experience and operational expertise in our business that he has developed as our Chief Executive Officer.
Theresa Strong
Ms. Strong joined Sterling in January 2016 as Controller and has since been promoted repeatedly into leadership roles of increasing responsibility. Ms. Strong was promoted to Chief Accounting Officer in July 2021 and appointed Interim Chief Financial Officer in November 2023. With an extensive background in accounting and finance, Ms. Strong brings global expertise in financial reporting and regulatory compliance, finance operations, internal controls, finance strategy, treasury, capital management and mergers and acquisitions.
Ms. Strong joined Sterling as a result of the acquisition of TalentWise, Inc. (“Talentwise”), where she had been corporate controller for four years, leading all finance and accounting functions. Prior to Talentwise, Ms. Strong served in various finance leadership positions in the technology and business services sector, including at Intelius, Inc., Amazon, Inc. and DocuSign, Inc. Ms. Strong began her professional career at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited.
Ms. Strong received a Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration from Seattle University and a Master’s in Professional Accounting from Seattle University.
Lou Paglia
Mr. Paglia joined Sterling as a consultant to serve as interim Chief Product Officer in October 2015. In January 2016, Mr. Paglia was hired as a full-time employee and named Executive Vice President, Ventures. Mr. Paglia was promoted to Chief Innovation Officer in April 2018, named President in December 2018 and named Chief Operating Officer in March 2021. Mr. Paglia has commercial leadership for Sterling’s operations in the U.S., Canada, and Latin America, responsible for driving revenue growth, delivering unrivaled client service, and ensuring Sterling’s tech enabled business services meet the evolving needs of the market. Mr. Paglia also leads global operations for Sterling.
Prior to joining Sterling, Mr. Paglia held executive roles in product, operations and general management at various companies including MTV Networks (a division of Viacom), Infogroup, Factiva (a joint venture between Dow Jones and Reuters), as well numerous early-stage companies.
Mr. Paglia received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Computer Information Systems from James Madison University and a Masters of Business Administration degree from MIT’s Sloan School of Management.
Steven Barnett
Mr. Barnett joined Sterling in January 2016 as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, and was named Chief Legal & Risk Officer in March 2020. Mr. Barnett brings experience in legal, compliance, regulatory and government affairs, having served as general counsel and outside counsel, for both public and private companies. Mr. Barnett is responsible for all legal, compliance, regulatory and privacy matters, as well as Enterprise Risk Management, Enterprise Quality and Insurance.
Prior to joining Sterling, Mr. Barnett served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel at Jackson Hewitt Tax Service Inc. and NRT, now part of Realogy Corporation. Mr. Barnett began his career as a corporate lawyer at Skadden Arps, where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance transactions.
Mr. Barnett received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from the State University of New York at Albany and a Juris Doctor degree from Fordham University School of Law.
Robyn Price Stonehill
Ms. Stonehill joined Sterling in November 2021 as Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer and her role expanded to include Chief Administration Officer in November 2023. Ms. Stonehill brings extensive human resources experience and has strategically advised leaders on organizational transformation, acquisitions, and divestitures, and is focused on enhancing the employee experience, developing talent, and building a strong culture.
Prior to joining Sterling, Ms. Stonehill was Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer at Assurant. Throughout Ms. Stonehill’s 21-year career with Assurant, she held a variety of leadership roles related to total rewards, talent acquisition, operations and other human resources functions. Ms. Stonehill began her professional career in consulting at KPMG. As an advocate for diversity, equity and inclusion, Ms. Stonehill was recognized by Diversity Journal as a Woman Worth Watching in 2015.
Ms. Stonehill graduated summa cum laude with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Mathematics from Queens College of the City University of New York.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
Our business is subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described below. If any of the following risks occur, our business’s financial condition, cash flows, liquidity and results of operations may be negatively impacted, and we may not be able to achieve our quarterly, annual or long-range plans. Additional risks and uncertainties not known to us or not described below may also negatively impact our business and results of operations. You should carefully consider the following risks before you decide to purchase our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected, the value of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risk Factors Summary
The following is a summary of the principal factors that make an investment in our common stock speculative or risky.
•While the Merger Agreement is in effect, we are subject to certain interim covenants.
•If the Merger is consummated, the combined company may not perform as we expect or the market expects, which could have an adverse effect on the price of First Advantage common stock, which our current stockholders will own following the completion of the Merger in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.
•The number of shares of First Advantage common stock issuable in the Merger in respect of one share of our common stock is fixed and will not be adjusted. Because the market price of First Advantage common stock may fluctuate, Sterling stockholders who elect to receive the Stock Consideration (or who elect to receive the Cash Consideration but are subject to proration) cannot be sure of the market value of the Stock Consideration they will receive in exchange for their Sterling shares in connection with the Merger.
•The announcement and pendency of the Merger may result in disruptions to our business, and the Merger could divert management’s attention, disrupt our relationships with third parties and employees, and result in negative publicity or legal proceedings, any of which could negatively impact our operating results and ongoing business.
•The Merger may not be completed within the expected timeframe, or at all, for a variety of reasons, including the possibility that the Merger Agreement is terminated prior to the consummation of the Merger, and the failure to complete the Merger could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and the market price of our common stock.
•We could face liability based on the nature of our services and the information we report or fail to report in our background screening, which may not be covered or fully covered by insurance.
•We are subject to significant governmental regulation, and changes in law or regulation, or a failure to correctly identify, interpret, comply with and reconcile the laws and regulations to which we are subject, could result in substantial liability or materially adversely affect our product and service offerings, revenue or profitability.
•Our international operations subject us to a broad range of laws and regulations that may be difficult to manage and could expose us to numerous risks that, individually or together, could materially and adversely affect our business.
•Failure to comply with economic sanctions, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and similar laws primarily associated with our activities outside of the U.S. could subject us to penalties and other material adverse consequences.
•We collect, host, store, transfer, disclose, use, secure, retain and dispose of personal information. Security breaches may result in the disclosure of personal information (as well as confidential information) and improper use of such information may negatively affect our business and harm our reputation.
•Failure to comply with privacy, data protection and cybersecurity laws and regulations could have a materially adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations or financial condition, or have other material adverse consequences.
•If a third party asserts that we are infringing its intellectual property, whether successful or not, it could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses, and our business may be harmed.
•If our trademarks, trade names, and confidential information are not adequately protected, we may lose our competitive advantage in our target markets.
•Our growth depends on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties as well as our ability to successfully integrate our applications with a variety of third-party technologies.
•The success of our business depends in part on our relationships with our partners and vendors.
•A failure, disruption, including any disruption tied to the transition to any new technologies, or change to the cost of the technologies that we utilize could have a materially adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
•Systems failures, interruptions or delays in service, including due to natural disasters or other catastrophic events, could delay and disrupt our services, which could materially harm our business and reputation.
•Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by unfavorable conditions in the general economy.
•Our business, financial condition and results of operations are subject to the effects of a rising rate of inflation.
•We are subject to significant competition, and if we fail to compete successfully, our sales could decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
•A significant portion of our fulfillment operations, and certain of our technology development operations, subject us to particular risks inherent in operating overseas.
•If we fail to upgrade, enhance and expand our technology and services to meet client needs and preferences, or fail to successfully manage the transition to new products and services, the demand for our products and services may materially diminish.
•We have incurred operating losses in the past, may incur operating losses in the future and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.
•Our historical growth rates may not be sustainable or indicative of future growth.
•Our growth depends, in part, on increasing our presence in the markets that we currently serve, and we may not be successful in doing so.
•We acquire information from a variety of sources to conduct our business, and if some of these sources are not available to us in the future, or if the fees charged by such sources significantly increase, our business may be materially and adversely affected and our profit margins may decline.
•We are subject to payment-related risks that may result in higher operating costs or the inability to process payments, either of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
•Sales to government entities and higher-tier contractors to governmental clients involve unique competitive, procurement, budget, administrative and contractual risks, any of which could materially adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
•We may incur impairment charges for our goodwill which would negatively affect our operating results.
•The economic, health and business disruption that can be caused by a widespread public health concern or crisis, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
•If we experience a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting in the future or otherwise fail in the future to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting or effective disclosure controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may materially adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the price of our common stock.
•Our Sponsor controls us and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.
•To service our indebtedness, we require a significant amount of cash, which depends on many factors beyond our control.
•We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq and, as a result, qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
•Sales, or the potential for sales, of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to drop significantly.
Risks Relating to the Merger
While the Merger Agreement in in effect, we are subject to certain interim covenants.
On February 28, 2024, we entered into the Merger Agreement with First Advantage and Merger Sub, pursuant to which First Advantage agreed to acquire us for a combination of cash and stock.
The Merger Agreement generally requires us to operate our business in the ordinary course, subject to certain exceptions, including as required by applicable law, pending consummation of the Merger, and subjects us to customary interim operating covenants that restrict us, without First Advantage’s approval, from taking certain specified actions until the Merger is completed or the Merger Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms. These restrictions could prevent us from pursuing certain business opportunities that may arise prior to the consummation of the Merger and may adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategies and attain financial and other goals and may adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
If the Merger is consummated, the combined company may not perform as we expect or the market expects, which could have an adverse effect on the price of First Advantage common stock, which our current stockholders will own following the completion of the Merger in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.
Even if the Merger is consummated, the combined Company may not perform as we expect or the market expects. Risks associated with the combined company following the Merger include:
•integrating two businesses is a difficult, expensive and time-consuming process, and the failure to integrate successfully the businesses of Sterling and First Advantage and their financial forecasting and controls, procedures and reporting cycles in the expected time frame would adversely affect First Advantage’s future results following completion of the Merger;
•consolidating and integrating corporate, information technology, finance and administrative infrastructures;
•it is possible that key employees might decide not to remain with First Advantage after the Merger is completed, and the loss of key personnel or the failure to maintain employee morale could materially and adversely affect the resulting entity’s results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects;
•the success of the combined company will also depend upon preserving relationships with third parties and pre-existing customers of Sterling and First Advantage, which relationships may be adversely affected by customer preferences or public attitudes about the Merger and attracting new business and operational relationships. Any adverse changes in these relationships could adversely affect the combined company’s business, results of operations and financial condition;
•coordinating sales and marketing efforts to effectively position the combined company’s capabilities;
•coordinating and integrating operations in countries in which First Advantage had not previously operated;
•the stock price of First Advantage common stock after the Merger may be affected by factors different from those currently affecting the stock price of Sterling; and
•if governmental agencies or regulatory bodies impose requirements, limitations, costs, divestitures or restrictions on the consummation of the proposed Merger, the combined company’s ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger may be impaired.
If any of these events were to occur, the value of First Advantage common stock received by our stockholders in the Merger could be adversely affected.
The number of shares of First Advantage common stock issuable in the Merger in respect of one share of our common stock is fixed and will not be adjusted. Because the market price of First Advantage common stock may fluctuate, Sterling stockholders who elect to receive the Stock Consideration (or who elect to receive the Cash Consideration but are subject to proration) cannot be sure of the market value of the Stock Consideration they will receive in exchange for their Sterling shares in connection with the Merger.
In connection with the Merger, Sterling stockholders who elect to receive the Stock Consideration (or who elect to receive Cash Consideration but are subject to proration) will receive a fixed number of First Advantage shares for each of their shares of Sterling common stock (i.e., 0.979 First Advantage shares for each Sterling share). Accordingly, the market value of the Stock Consideration that our stockholders will receive in the Merger will vary based on the price of First Advantage common stock at the time our stockholders receive the Merger Consideration. As a result of any such changes in stock price, the market value of the shares of First Advantage common stock that our stockholders will receive at the time that the Merger is completed could vary significantly from the value of such shares immediately prior to the public announcement of the Merger.
A decline in the market price of First Advantage common stock could result from a variety of factors beyond First Advantage's control, including, among other things, the possibility that First Advantage may not achieve the expected benefits of the acquisition of Sterling as rapidly or to the extent anticipated, Sterling's business may not
perform as anticipated following the transactions, the effect of First Advantage's acquisition of Sterling on First Advantage's financial results may not meet the expectations of First Advantage, financial analysts or investors, or the addition and integration of Sterling's business may be unsuccessful, may take longer or be more disruptive than anticipated, as well as numerous factors affecting First Advantage and its businesses that are unrelated to Sterling.
The announcement and pendency of the Merger may result in disruptions to our business, and the Merger could divert management’s attention, disrupt our relationships with third parties and employees, and result in negative publicity or legal proceedings, any of which could negatively impact our operating results and ongoing business.
In connection with the proposed Merger, our current and prospective employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles with us following the Merger, which may materially adversely affect our ability to attract and retain key personnel and other employees while the Merger is pending. Key employees may depart because of issues relating to the uncertainty and difficulty of integration or a desire not to remain with us following the Merger, and may depart prior to the consummation of the Merger. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that we will be able to attract and retain key employees to the same extent that we have been able to in the past.
The proposed Merger could cause disruptions to our business or business relationships with our existing and potential customers, suppliers, partners, vendors, and other business partners, and this could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Parties with which we have business relationships may experience uncertainty as to the future of such relationships and may delay or defer certain business decisions, seek alternative relationships with third parties, or seek to negotiate changes or alter their present business relationships with us. Parties with whom we otherwise may have sought to establish business relationships may seek alternative relationships with third parties.
The pursuit of the Merger may place a significant burden on management and internal resources, which may have a negative impact on our ongoing business. It may also divert management’s time and attention from the day-to-day operation of our business and the execution of our other strategic initiatives. This could adversely affect our financial results. In addition, we have incurred and will continue to incur other significant costs, expenses and fees for professional services and other transaction costs in connection with the proposed Merger, and many of these fees and costs are payable regardless of whether or not the pending Merger is consummated. We also could be subject to litigation related to the proposed Merger, which could prevent or delay the consummation of the Merger and result in significant costs and expenses.
Any of the foregoing, individually or in combination, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and prospects.
The Merger may not be completed within the expected timeframe, or at all, for a variety of reasons, including the possibility that the Merger Agreement is terminated prior to the consummation of the Merger, and the failure to complete the Merger could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and the market price of our common stock.
There can be no assurance that the Merger will be completed in the expected timeframe, or at all. The Merger Agreement contains a number of customary closing conditions that must be satisfied or waived prior to the completion of the Merger, including, among others, (i) the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and clearance under the antitrust and foreign direct investment laws of certain other jurisdictions, (ii) the absence of certain orders or laws preventing the consummation of the Merger, (iii) the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-4 to be filed by First Advantage with the SEC in connection with the Merger, (iv) the authorization for listing on Nasdaq of the shares of common stock of First Advantage to be issued in connection with the Merger and (v) the mailing of the information statement contemplated by Rule 14c-2 of the Exchange Act by us to our stockholders, and the lapse of at least 20 business days from the date of completion of such mailing.
There can be no assurance that all required regulatory approvals will be obtained or that all closing conditions will otherwise be satisfied (or waived, if applicable), and, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained and all closing conditions are satisfied (or waived, if applicable), we can provide no assurance as to the terms, conditions and timing of such approvals or that the Merger will be completed in a timely manner or at all. Many of the conditions to completion of the Merger are not within our or First Advantage’s control, and we cannot predict when or if these conditions will be satisfied (or waived, as applicable). Even if regulatory approval is obtained, it is possible conditions will be imposed that could result in a material delay in, or the abandonment of, the Merger or otherwise have an adverse effect on us.
The Merger Agreement contains customary mutual termination rights for us and First Advantage, which could prevent the consummation of the Merger, including if the Merger is not completed by February 28, 2025 (subject to an extension of six months at First Advantage’s election if on February 28, 2025 all of the closing conditions except those relating to antitrust approvals have been satisfied or waived).
The Merger Agreement also contains customary termination rights for the benefit of each party, including if the other party breaches its representations, warranties, or covenants under the Merger Agreement in a way that would result in a failure of the other party’s condition to closing being satisfied (subject to certain procedures and cure periods).
If the Merger is not completed within the expected timeframe or at all, we may be subject to a number of material risks, including:
•the market price of our common stock may decline to the extent that current market prices reflect a market assumption that the Merger will be completed;
•if the Merger Agreement is terminated under certain specified circumstances, we or First Advantage will be required to pay a termination fee, including that we will be required to pay First Advantage a termination fee of approximately $66.3 million under specified circumstances, and First Advantage will be required to pay us a reverse termination fee ranging from $60 million to $100 million under specified circumstances;
•some costs related to the Merger must be paid whether or not the Merger is completed, and we have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant costs, expenses and fees for professional services and other transaction costs in connection with the proposed Merger, as well as the diversion of management and resources towards the Merger, for which we will have received little or no benefit if completion of the Merger does not occur; and
•we may experience negative publicity and/or reactions from our investors, customers, suppliers, partners, vendors and other business partners and employees.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
Regulatory and Legal Risks
We could face liability based on the nature of our services and the information we report or fail to report in our background screening, which may not be covered or fully covered by insurance.
We face potential liability from individuals, classes of individuals, clients or regulatory bodies for claims based on the nature, content or accuracy of our services and the information we use and report and depending on our compliance with the FCRA, U.S. state consumer reporting agency laws or regulations, foreign regulations and applicable employment laws. Our potential exposure to lawsuits or government investigations may increase depending in part on our clients’ compliance with these laws and regulations and applicable employment laws in their procurement and use of our screening reports as part of their hiring process, which is generally outside of our control. Our potential liability includes claims of non-compliance with the FCRA and other laws and regulations governing our services, as well as other claims of defamation, invasion of privacy, negligence, copyright, patent or trademark infringement. In some cases we may be subject to strict liability.
We also face potential liability from our clients, and possibly third parties, in the event we fail to report information, particularly criminal records or other potentially negative information. For example, should we fail to identify and report an available and reportable criminal felony record that our client hired us to report, or should we fail to correctly report such information to our client, then we may face potential liability in the event that the employer hires such candidate, later discovers such record, terminates such employee and is in turn sued by such employee. We may also face liability in the event the employer hires such candidate and that employee then causes personal or monetary injury or damage to the employer, its other employees or other third parties. From time to time, we have been subject to claims and lawsuits by current and potential employees of our clients, alleging that we provided to our clients inaccurate or improper information that negatively affected the clients’ hiring decisions. Although the resolutions of these lawsuits have not had a material adverse effect on us to date, the costs of such claims, including settlement amounts or punitive damages, could be material in the future, could cause adverse publicity and reputational damage, could divert the attention of our management, could subject us to equitable remedies relating to the operation of our business and provision of services and result in significant legal expenses, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and adverse publicity, and could result in the loss of existing clients and make it difficult to attract new clients. Insurance may not be adequate to cover us for all risks to which we are exposed or may not be available to cover these claims at all. Any imposition of liability, particularly liability that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Additionally, we cannot be certain that our insurance coverage, including any applicable deductibles, copays and other policy limits, will continue to be available to us at a reasonable cost or will be adequate to cover any claims or lawsuits we may face in the future or that we will be able to renew our insurance policies on favorable terms, or at all.
We are subject to significant governmental regulation, and changes in law or regulation, or a failure to correctly identify, interpret, comply with and reconcile the laws and regulations to which we are subject, could result in substantial liability or materially adversely affect our product and service offerings, revenue or profitability.
Because we are a consumer reporting agency relating to many of our services and we deal primarily in searching and reporting public and non-public consumer information and records, including criminal records, employment and education history, credit history, driving records and drug screening results, we are subject to extensive, evolving and often complex governmental laws and regulations, such as the FCRA, the Drivers’ Privacy Protection Act (“DPPA”), state consumer reporting agency laws as well as state licensing and registration requirements, including as a consumer reporting agency and a private investigator, and various other foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, including the Investigative Consumer Reporting Agency Act and case law relating to the FCRA and such other law and regulations. The restrictions and process requirements largely relate to what may be reported about an individual, when, to whom, and for what purposes, and how the subjects of consumer reports are to be treated. Compliance with these laws and regulations requires significant expense and resources, which could increase significantly as these laws and regulations evolve. Additionally, our identity verification services could also be adversely impacted if we fail to comply with the rules and regulations of the FBI. Our failure to comply with FBI regulations could result in loss of our status as an FBI channeler, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth strategy.
Further, as discussed below under “Risks Related to Intellectual Property, Information Technology and Data Privacy—Failure to comply with privacy, data protection and cybersecurity laws and regulations could have a materially adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations or financial condition, or have other material adverse consequences,” we are subject to laws that restrict access to, use and disclosure of certain types of personal information and regulate the protection, storage and disposal of such information. We are subject to such laws and regulations in many jurisdictions. Identifying, interpreting and complying with foreign laws and regulations is particularly difficult due to the broad range of such foreign laws and regulations, as well as uncertainties with respect to the applicability and interpretation of such laws and regulations. Failure to comply with these domestic and foreign laws and regulations, to the extent applicable, may harm our reputation and result in the imposition of civil and criminal penalties and fines, private litigation, restrictions on our operations, and breach of contract or indemnification claims by our clients and vendors including data suppliers, which may not be covered by insurance. Further, laws and regulations governing investment migration programs are subject to regulatory interpretation. Should it be determined that these programs violate any laws or regulations, our Sterling Diligence business, specifically with respect to our Citizenship-by-Investment diligence solutions, could be adversely impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to the challenges of identifying, interpreting and complying with such laws and regulations, and changes to such laws and regulations over time, we face the challenge of reconciling the many potential conflicts between such laws and regulations among the various domestic and international jurisdictions that may be involved in the provision of our services. These challenges may require us to incur additional compliance costs, and could also increase our exposure to potential lawsuits, fines and penalties. A failure to correctly identify, interpret, comply with and reconcile the laws and regulations to which we are subject could result in substantial liability and could have a material adverse effect on us. The expansion of our business into areas other than employment screening may require compliance with additional laws and regulations.
Changes to law, regulation, or administrative enforcement and interpretations or other limitations and prohibitions could materially adversely affect our offerings, revenue, or profitability. For example, the CFPB has invoked its rule making authority under the Dodd-Frank Act and has begun the process to review and consider amendments to the FCRA, the outcome of which could impact our business. Depending on the outcome of the rule making process, the federal laws that govern delivery of our products and services could impact our interactions and agreements with clients, suppliers and the way we report information to consumers. Additionally, numerous states and municipalities have implemented “ban the box” and “fair chance” hiring laws that limit or prohibit employers from inquiring or using a candidate’s criminal history to make employment decisions and many of such laws have been amended to increase the restrictions on the use of such information. In addition to the laws that impact what types of criminal information can be used at different stages of the hiring process, redaction of personal identifying information in criminal records (such as date of birth), and court rules and lawsuits that limit and or
restrict access to identifiers in criminal records, may negatively impact our ability to perform complete criminal background checks. Some county courts, such as Los Angeles County, California, have enacted rules to limit access to personal identifiers in criminal records, causing delays and barriers to perform complete criminal background checks. Further, several states have enacted “clean slate” laws that will require courts to scrub certain types of offenses from their records. These laws limit the criminal history records that are publicly available and will have some impact on the availability of information for criminal background check purposes. If the U.S. federal government, a foreign government or additional states or municipalities were to pass regulations precluding or limiting the use of pre-employment screening in hiring decisions, precluding or limiting the ability to leverage certain personal identifying information in criminal records, or precluding or limiting other types of information in public records, our ability to conduct our current business in the applicable jurisdiction could be materially reduced or eliminated.
Our international operations subject us to a broad range of laws and regulations that may be difficult to manage and could expose us to numerous risks that, individually or together, could materially and adversely affect our business.
In 2023, we performed screening services in over 240 countries and territories worldwide. We expect to continue to provide screening services in a large number of countries and territories worldwide and we intend to expand our international operations. Privacy and other laws and regulations governing our operations in these jurisdictions may not be fully developed, may vary significantly, are subject to change from time to time, and may sometimes conflict or be subject to multiple interpretations. Identifying, interpreting and complying with these laws and regulations is difficult, and we cannot be certain we have done so or will correctly do so. As a result, we rely on outside counsel or business personnel in interpreting or applying local laws and regulations, which generally is limited, or on our clients’ or local vendors’ knowledge of such laws and regulations. In addition, a significant portion of our operations, including screening fulfillment, are conducted through subsidiaries in Mumbai, India and Manila, the Philippines.
Our international operations, including our screening fulfillment operations in India and the Philippines, may subject us to additional risks and challenges, particularly with respect to:
•obtaining qualified, reliable data sources and vendors that cover international markets on reasonable terms, if at all;
•the need to develop, localize and adapt our products and services for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages, localization of contracts for different legal jurisdictions and associated expenses;
•compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy, intellectual property, data protection, and AI laws and regulations;
•potentially weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the U.S. and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights;
•laws, customs and business practices favoring local competitors;
•foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash to the U.S.;
•increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;
•potential negative consequences from changes to taxation policies, including unfavorable foreign tax rules;
•enforcing contracts under foreign legal systems, as well as defending claims brought in jurisdictions outside the U.S.;
•difficulties in appropriately staffing and managing foreign operations and providing appropriate compensation for local markets;
•increased costs and risks of developing and managing global operations, including our potential failure to implement global best practices, experiences of employee dissatisfaction and the improper allocation of resources, as a result of distance as well as language and cultural differences;
•labor disturbances;
•new and different sources of competition;
•currency fluctuations that could affect our margins on international services or could increase the cost of labor at our India and Philippines subsidiaries;
•non-compliance with applicable currency exchange control regulations, transfer pricing regulations, or other similar regulations;
•geopolitical unrest, which could cause disruptions in our business, limit our ability to conduct business in certain jurisdictions or cause us to change our business practices; and
•trade relations, security and economic instability, regional or international conflicts and the outbreak of pandemics or diseases.
Operating and expanding our business internationally, such as through our acquisition of Socrates in Latin America, could require us to incur additional compliance costs, which may be significant, or could subject us to substantial liability, including civil and criminal penalties and fines, restrictions on our operations, and breach of contract or indemnification claims by our clients and data suppliers, for failure to adequately comply in any or all of these jurisdictions. Any such cost or liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to comply with economic sanctions, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and similar laws associated primarily with our activities outside of the U.S. could subject us to penalties and other material adverse consequences.
We are subject to various trade restrictions, including economic sanctions and export controls, imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations. Such trade controls prohibit or restrict transactions involving certain persons and certain designated countries or territories, including Cuba, Iran, Syria, North Korea, the Crimea Region of Ukraine, the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic and the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic. We maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with applicable sanctions and export controls, including those imposed by OFAC, the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security, His Majesty’s Treasury and the EU or EU member states. As part of our business, we engage in limited interactions involving certain countries that are targets of economic sanctions, including obtaining or verifying information that is located in such countries. We believe that such interactions are conducted in compliance with applicable trade controls in accordance with relevant legal exemptions and authorizations, and we have implemented sanctions compliance programs, policies and procedures designed to foster compliance with these laws. However, our employees, contractors, and agents, and companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, may take actions in violation of laws and regulations and our policies for which we may be ultimately responsible and our policies and procedures may not be adequate in protecting us from liability. Any such violation could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, client relationships, business, results of operations and prospects.
We operate a global business and may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We are subject to anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we operate, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”), the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. These laws generally prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from corruptly promising, authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments of anything of value to foreign government officials, political parties and private-sector recipients for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any improper advantage. Many anti-corruption laws also prohibit commercial bribery (i.e., bribery involving private parties) and soliciting and receiving bribes. In addition, U.S. public companies are required to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly represent their transactions and to have an adequate system of internal accounting controls. In many foreign countries, including countries in which we may conduct business, it may be a local custom that businesses engage in practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other applicable laws and regulations. We face significant risks if we or any of our directors, officers, employees, agents or other partners or representatives fail to comply with these laws, and governmental authorities in the U.S. and elsewhere could seek to impose substantial civil or criminal fines and penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.
We have implemented an anti-corruption compliance program and policies, procedures and training designed to foster compliance with these laws. However, our employees, contractors, and agents, and companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, may take actions in violation of our policies or applicable law. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and prospects.
Violation of applicable trade controls, anti-corruption laws, or anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanctions, disgorgement of profits, injunctions, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts and other remedial measures, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, responding to any enforcement action may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional
fees. Further, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements, including changes that may affect existing regulatory exceptions, and we cannot predict the manner in which existing laws and regulations might be administered or interpreted.
Risks Related to Intellectual Property, Security and Data Privacy
We collect, host, store, transfer, disclose, use, secure, retain and dispose of personal information. Security breaches may result in the disclosure of personal (and other confidential) information and improper use of information may negatively affect our business and harm our reputation.
Our products and services involve the collection and transmission of confidential and sensitive information of our clients and their existing and potential employees, including personal information such as: social security numbers and their foreign equivalents, driver’s license numbers, dates of birth, addresses, identity verification information (such as government issued identification or passport numbers) and other sensitive personal and business information, which subjects us to potential liability from clients, consumers and other data subjects, third parties and government authorities relating to claims of legal or regulatory non-compliance, defamation, invasion of privacy, false light, negligence, intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation and/or other related causes of action. A security breach in our facilities, platforms, computer networks, systems or databases (or those of our third-party service providers) or employee error or misconduct could expose us to a risk of loss of, or unauthorized access to and misappropriation or compromise of, this personal and business information, which could result in adverse publicity and harm our business and reputation and result in a loss of clients, system interruptions or the imposition of fines or other penalties by governmental agencies and claims by our clients and their candidates and employees. Further, the global security environment grows increasingly challenging as attacks on information technology systems continue to grow in frequency, complexity and sophistication (including through the increasing use of artificial intelligence) and our systems may be targeted and vulnerable to physical break-ins, denial-of-service attacks, computer viruses, ransomware, malware, loss or destruction of data, other malicious code, or unauthorized access or attacks by hackers (including, for example, state-sponsored attacks arising out of the conflict between Russia and Ukraine), employee error or malfeasance and similar intrusions. Outside parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees to take actions, including the release of proprietary business or personal information or to make fraudulent payments through illegal electronic spamming, phishing, spear phishing or other tactics. Certain of these malicious parties may be state-sponsored and supported by significant financial and technological resources. Although this is a global problem, it may affect us more than other businesses because malevolent parties may focus on the amount and type of personal and business information that we collect, host, store, transfer, process, disclose, use, secure, retain and dispose of. If unauthorized parties gain access to our products or services or our platforms, computer networks, systems or databases, or if authorized parties utilize our products or services for non-permissible purposes, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify the confidential and third-party personal information in our control, or impact our ability to access data or operate our systems. There is an increased risk that we may experience cybersecurity-related incidents as a result of the continued use of remote working and hybrid work-from-home arrangements by our employees, third-party service providers and other third parties working remotely, as such remote working may create additional opportunities for the exploitation of vulnerabilities. Any inability to protect the security, integrity, availability and privacy of our data and electronic transactions, or any misuse of our information services by our clients, employees, vendors or hackers, could cause significant harm to our business and reputation and result in significant liability. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently, are increasingly complex and sophisticated and may be difficult to detect for long periods of time and generally are not discovered until after they have been launched against or infiltrated a target. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative or containment measures.
An actual or perceived breach of our security could have one or more of the following material and adverse effects:
•deter clients from using our products and services and harm our reputation;
•expose clients to the risk of financial or medical identity theft;
•expose us to liability;
•increase operating expenses to correct problems caused by the breach;
•deter data suppliers from supplying information to us;
•affect our ability to meet clients’ expectations;
•divert management focus; or
•lead to inquiries from, or sanctions or penalties imposed by, governmental authorities, such as the Federal Trade Commission, data protection supervisory authorities or state attorneys general, each of which has imposed significant penalties on companies that have failed to adequately protect personal information, and U.S. states’ attorneys general, who have authority to impose fines or penalties with respect to breaches under state laws.
We rely on a variety of security measures, software, tools and monitoring to provide security for our processing, transmission and storage of personal information and other confidential information. We also rely on third-party service providers to process some of our data and any failure by such third parties to prevent or mitigate security breaches or improper access to, or disclosure of, such information could have adverse consequences for us similar to an incident directly on our systems. Although none of the data or cybersecurity incidents that we have encountered to date have materially affected us, we cannot assure that we or our third-party service providers will not experience any future security breaches, cyber-attacks or unauthorized disclosures, particularly given the continuously evolving nature of tools and methods used by hackers and cyber criminals. Our information technology systems may be vulnerable to computer viruses, malware or physical or electronic intrusions that our security measures may not detect.
Furthermore, federal and state regulators and many federal, state and international laws and regulations require notice of certain data security breaches that involve personal information, which, if applicable, could lead to widespread negative publicity, which may cause our clients to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. In addition, we may incur significant costs and operational consequences in connection with investigating, mitigating, remediating, eliminating, and putting in place additional measures designed to prevent future actual or perceived security incidents, as well as in connection with complying with any notification or other obligations resulting from any security incidents. These costs may include, but are not limited to, retaining the services of cybersecurity vendors and service providers, compliance costs arising out of existing and future cybersecurity, data protection and privacy laws and regulations and costs related to maintaining redundant networks, data backups and other damage-mitigation measures. While we maintain insurance coverage that, subject to policy terms and conditions, is designed to cover losses or claims that may arise in connection with certain aspects of data and cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses or all types of claims that may arise. Furthermore, we cannot be certain that insurance coverage will continue to be available on acceptable terms or at all, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim.
If we are unable to fully protect the security and privacy of our data and electronic transactions, including through updates to our products and applications, or if we or our third-party service providers are unable to prevent any data security breach, incident, unauthorized access, and/or misuse of our information by our clients, employees, vendors, or hackers, it could result in significant liability (including litigation and regulatory actions and fines), cause lasting harm to our brand and reputation and cause us to lose existing clients and fail to win new clients.
Failure to comply with privacy, data protection and cybersecurity laws and regulations could have a materially adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations or financial condition, or have other material adverse consequences.
The collection, storage, hosting, transfer, processing, disclosure, use, security and retention and destruction of personal information required to provide our products and services is subject to federal, state, municipal and foreign privacy, data and consumer protection and cybersecurity laws. These laws, which are not uniform, generally do one or more of the following: regulate the collection, storage, hosting, transfer (including in some cases, the transfer outside the country of collection), processing, disclosure, use, security and retention and destruction of personal information; require notice to individuals of privacy practices; and give individuals certain rights with respect to their personal information. A growing trend of laws and regulations in this area is to provide for mandatory notification to affected individuals, clients, data protection authorities and/or other regulators in the event of a data breach, and further expansion of requirements is possible. Further, if our practices or products are perceived to constitute an invasion of privacy, we may be subject to increased scrutiny and public criticism, litigation, and reputational harm, which could disrupt our business and expose us to liability. In many cases, these laws apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information among us and our subsidiaries. The GDPR, the U.K. data protection regime consisting primarily of the U.K. General Data Protection Regulation, effective as of January 1, 2021, and the U.K. Data Protection Act 2018 (together, the “U.K. GDPR”), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) in the U.S., and the California Consumer Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”) are among some of the more comprehensive of these laws.
The scope and interpretation of data privacy and cybersecurity regulations continues to evolve, and we believe that the adoption of increasingly restrictive regulations in this area is likely in the near future internationally and
within the U.S. at both state and federal levels. For example, the CPRA, which expands upon the California Consumer Privacy Act requires covered companies to, among other things, provide new disclosures to California consumers, and affords such consumers new privacy rights including the ability to opt-out of certain sales of personal information and expanded rights to access and require deletion of their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is collected, used and shared. The CPRA exempts much of the data that is covered by FCRA and DPPA and, therefore, much of our data is not subject to the CPRA. However, information we hold about individual residents of California that is not subject to FCRA and DPPA would be subject to the CPRA. The CPRA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for security breaches that may increase security breach litigation. Further, numerous other states have enacted privacy and data security laws, rules and regulations, and many similar laws have been proposed at the federal and state level. These laws, rules and regulations may increase our compliance costs and potential liability, particularly in the event of a data breach, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, including how we use personal information, our financial condition, and the results of our operations or prospects. There are also laws and regulations governing the collection and use of biometric information, such as fingerprints and face prints. For example, the Illinois Biometric Information Privacy Act (“BIPA”) applies to the collection and use of “biometric identifiers” and “biometric information” which include finger and face prints. A business required to comply with BIPA is not permitted to sell, lease, trade or otherwise profit from biometric identifiers or biometric information it collects, and is also under obligations to have and disclose to the public a written policy with respect to the retention and destruction of all biometric identifiers and biometric information; ensure that it informs the subject of the collection and the purpose of the collection and obtains consent for such collection; and obtain consent for any disclosure of biometric identifiers or biometric information. Individuals are afforded a private right of action under BIPA and may recover statutory damages equal to the greater of $1,000 (or $5,000 for reckless violations) or actual damages and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Additionally, a number of other laws concerning the collection, retention and use of biometric information have been proposed or passed. Such laws and proposals, if passed, could increase our potential liability, increase our compliance costs, cause us to change our business practices and materially adversely affect our business.
In Europe and the U.K., the GDPR and the U.K. GDPR impose stringent operational requirements for entities processing personal data including requirements to provide detailed disclosures about how personal data is processed, demonstrate an appropriate legal basis and grant significant rights for data subjects. The GDPR, national implementing legislation in European Economic Area (“EEA”) member states, and the U.K. GDPR impose a strict data protection compliance regime including: providing detailed disclosures about how personal data is collected and processed (in a concise, intelligible and easily accessible form); demonstrating that an appropriate legal basis is in place or otherwise exists to justify data processing activities; granting rights for data subjects in regard to their personal data (including the right to access, to be “forgotten” and the right to data portability), imposing an obligation to notify data protection regulators or supervisory authorities (and in certain cases, affected individuals) of significant data breaches; maintaining a record of data processing; and complying with the principle of accountability and the obligation to demonstrate compliance through policies, procedures, training and audits. In addition, both regimes impose significant penalties for non-compliance. In particular, under the GDPR/U.K. GDPR, fines of up to 20 million euros or up to 4% of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater, could be imposed for violations of certain of the GDPR/U.K. GDPR requirements. Such penalties are in addition to any civil litigation claims by data subjects (which may result in significant compensation or damages liabilities), potential regulatory investigations, reputational damage, consent orders, orders to cease/change the way we process or transfer personal data, enforcement notices, compulsory audits, resolution agreements, requirements to take particular actions with respect to training, policies or other activities.
While the GDPR applies uniformly across the EU, each EU member state is permitted to issue nation-specific data protection legislation, which has created inconsistencies on a country-by-country basis. Moreover, Brexit (as defined below), and the potential future evolution of U.K. data protection laws it has made possible, has created further uncertainty and could result in the application of new data privacy and protection laws and standards to our operations in the U.K., our handling of personal data of users located in the U.K., and transfers of personal data between the EU and the U.K. Today, U.K. GDPR largely mirrors the GDPR. Reflecting this, on June 28, 2021, the European Commission adopted an adequacy decision which provides for the free transfer of personal data from the EU to the U.K. In its decision, the European Commission included a sunset clause, which provides that it will automatically expire on June 27, 2025 subject to renewal only if the U.K. continues to ensure an adequate level of data protection. In announcing the decision, it was further noted that there will be close monitoring of the U.K. system as it evolves and that the European Commission may intervene at any time if the level of data protection in the U.K. deviates from the level of protection in place at the time of the decision. If the U.K. does not retain its positive adequacy decision from the EU, we may be required to implement new processes and put new agreements in place, such as standard contractual clauses, to govern any transfers of personal data from the EU to the U.K. In
addition, as noted above, Brexit and the subsequent implementation of the U.K. GDPR exposes us to two parallel data protection regimes, each of which potentially authorizes similar significant fines and other potentially divergent enforcement actions for certain violations. On July 16, 2020, the European Court of Justice (“CJEU”), among other things, called into question the use of Standard Contractual Clauses (“SCCs”), as a lawful mechanism for cross-border transfers of personal data, noting adequate safeguards must be met for SCCs to be valid.
The European Commission updated the SCCs on June 4, 2021, and additional regulatory guidance has been released that seeks to impose additional obligations on companies seeking to rely on the SCCs for such transfers. Parties transferring personal data from the EEA to third countries with “inadequate data protection” such as the U.S. had until December 27, 2022 to update any existing agreements, or any new agreements executed before September 27, 2021, that rely on SCCs. On March 21, 2022, the U.K.’s own form of agreement and addendum to the E.U. SCCs (the “U.K. SCCs”), which can be used for transfers for data from the U.K. to third countries, came into force. Parties had until September 21, 2022 to implement the U.K. SCCs for new agreements, and have until March 21, 2024 to update all existing agreements.
Since the CJEU’s decision in 2020, certain European supervisory authorities have indicated that they are looking at cross-border transfers more closely, and certain Data Protection Authorities decided in 2022 that the transfer of data to the U.S. using certain analytics tools is illegal. While these decisions related specifically to analytics tools in question, the considerations underlying them may be farther reaching, applying potentially to any transfer of EEA personal data to the U.S. While the E.U.-U.S. Data Privacy Framework (“DPF”) received approval in 2023 from the E.U., U.K. and Swiss authorities as an adequate mechanism for transfer of data to certified U.S. organizations (including Sterling), additional legal challenges in the E.U. to the mechanisms allowing companies to transfer personal data from the EEA to certain other jurisdictions, including the U.S., under the DPF and otherwise, are ongoing or threatened, and may result in further limitations on the ability to transfer data across borders.
Although we have taken steps to implement the new EU and U.K. SCCs and ensure adequate safeguards to transfer personal data from the EU and U.K. to the U.S., including maintaining our DPF certification, as supervisory authorities issue further guidance on personal data export mechanisms, including circumstances where the SCCs and U.K. SCCs cannot be used, and continue taking enforcement action, we could suffer additional costs, complaints, regulatory investigations or fines and/or personal data transfer suspensions.
If we are unable to transfer personal data between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services and could adversely affect our financial results. Until the legal uncertainties regarding how to legally continue transfers pursuant to the SCCs/U.K. SCCs and other mechanisms are settled, we will continue to face uncertainty as to whether our efforts to comply with our obligations under the GDPR/U.K. GDPR will be sufficient.
In addition to rules restricting or conditioning cross-border data transfers, certain countries have put in place mandatory data residency requirements, meaning that storage of residents’ data must remain within the country. For example, Canada has certain sector-specific data residency requirements with which we comply. The Russian Federation currently mandates domestic data residency, which does not currently impact us as we do not do business in Russia and are not subject to Russian law. If a country where we operate or do business but do not have local data storage capabilities were to put in place such a restriction, it would result in additional information technology costs to support local infrastructure and cloud platforms or a loss of revenue from that country if local data residency cannot be accommodated. Such data residency requirements have been proposed, but not yet enacted, in other jurisdictions that may impact us.
Outside of Europe, the People’s Republic of China enacted a new Personal Information Protection Law, effective November 1, 2021 (“PIPL”) that imposes various restrictions and conditions on the collection, use, disclosure, security, retention, cross-border transfer and other processing of personal information. PIPL represents an entirely new privacy regulatory regime in China and introduces new uncertainties, increased obligations and potential exposure to fines and penalties (including fines of up to 5% of annual global revenue) for the operation of our business in China. The future enactment of more restrictive laws, rules or regulations and/or future enforcement actions or investigations could have a materially adverse impact on us through increased costs or restrictions on our businesses and noncompliance could result in significant regulatory penalties and legal liability and damage our reputation. Due to the substantial number of state, local and international jurisdictions in which we operate, there also is a risk that we may be unable to adequately monitor actual or proposed changes in, or the interpretation of, the laws or governmental regulations of such jurisdictions. Although we make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable data protection laws and regulations, our interpretations and such measures may have been or may prove to be insufficient or incorrect, and any delay in our compliance with changes in such laws or regulations could result in potential fines, penalties, or other sanctions for non-compliance. In addition, data security events and
concerns about privacy abuses by other companies are changing consumer and social expectations for enhanced privacy and data protection.
Any failure or perceived failure by us or any other third parties with whom we do business to comply with these laws, rules, regulations, and standards, including the enhanced obligations imposed by the GDPR/U.K. GDPR, HIPAA, CPRA and BIPA, or with other obligations (including contractual obligations) to which we or they may be or may become subject, may result in significant costs to our business and require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, cease offering certain products and services, incur substantial costs and potential liability in an effort to comply with such laws and regulation, or lead to actions against us or them by governmental entities, private claims and litigations, fines, penalties, or other liabilities or result in orders or consent decrees forcing us or them to modify our or their business practices. Additionally, changes in these laws and requirements, including limitations on information permitted to be used in employment-related screenings, could limit our clients’ uses of personal information and could result in reduced demand for our products and services or cause us to incur additional compliance costs and expose us to increased noncompliance risk.
We and/or our clients also may be subject to a number of passed and proposed laws and regulations related to the use of AI and machine learning, which control for, among other things, data bias and anti-discrimination. For example, New York City recently put into effect a law that regulates the use of AI in automated employment decisioning tools. Additionally, in the U.S., the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) enforces consumer protection laws such as Section 5 of the FTC Act, which prohibits unfair and deceptive practices, including use of biased algorithms in AI. In October 2021, the U.S. Equal Employment Commission (“EEOC”) announced the launch of a new initiative to monitor the use of AI and other algorithmic decision-making technology in the hiring and employment context and to ensure that such use does not violate federal civil rights and employment laws and has identified possible discrimination in the use of automated systems, including use of AI in hiring decisions, as a focus of its 2023 Strategic Enforcement Plan. The EEOC stated that the initiative will focus on applicants, current employees, employers and technology vendors to make sure the use of AI and other technologies do not create new discriminatory barriers to jobs. These initiatives may require us to conduct bias testing and impose new safeguards in developing new products and services that use AI. The European Commission also recently released its draft proposal for a regulation (i.e., the E.U. AI Act) implementing harmonized rules on AI and amending certain union legislative acts. The proposed regulation would impose additional restrictions and obligations on providers and users of AI systems, including increasing transparency so consumers know they are interacting with an AI system, requiring human oversight in AI, and prohibiting certain practices of AI that could lead to physical or psychological harm. Provisional political agreement on a proposed E.U. AI Act was reached between co-legislators in December 2023. The Act is expected to be adopted later this year and to come into effect beginning in 2026. Given the increased focus by these and other regulators on the use of AI, other U.S. states and countries are considering additional laws, regulations, and standards related to AI, which may be introduced in the future. Regulation in this area could impact how our clients use our products and services to interact with consumers and how we provide our services to our clients. AI tools can also present unique technological, ethical and legal challenges, such as the possibility of insufficient data sets, or data sets that contain biased information, which can negatively impact the decisions, predictions or analyses that AI applications produce. Deficiencies such as these, whether real or perceived, could cause us reputational harm and subject us to legal liability, including claims of product liability, breach of warranty, or negligence. Potential government regulation related to AI use and ethics may also increase the burden and cost of research and development in this area, and failure to properly remediate AI usage or ethics issues may cause public confidence in AI to be undermined, which could slow adoption of AI in our offerings. The rapid evolution of AI will require the application of resources to develop, test and maintain our products and services to help ensure that AI is implemented ethically in order to minimize unintended, harmful impact.
If a third party asserts that we are infringing its intellectual property, whether successful or not, it could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses, and our business may be harmed.
Third parties may assert patent and other intellectual property infringement claims against us in the form of lawsuits, letters or other forms of communication. If a third party successfully asserts a claim that we are infringing its proprietary rights, then royalty or licensing agreements might not be available on terms we find acceptable or at all. As currently pending patent applications are not publicly available, we cannot anticipate all such claims or know with certainty whether our technology infringes the intellectual property rights of third parties. These claims, whether or not successful, could require significant management time and attention; result in costly and time-consuming litigation and the payment of substantial damages; require us to expend additional development resources to redesign our products and services to avoid infringement or discontinue the sale of our products and services; create negative publicity that adversely affects our reputation and brand and the demand for our products and services; or require us to indemnify our clients. Even if we have not infringed any third parties’ intellectual property
rights, we cannot be sure our legal defenses will be successful, and even if we are successful in defending against such claims, our legal defense could require significant financial resources and management’s time, which could adversely affect our business.
If our trademarks, trade names, and confidential information are not adequately protected, we may lose our competitive advantage in our target markets.
If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our target markets and our business may be adversely affected. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity, possibly leading to market confusion and potentially leading us to pursue legal action. In addition, there could be trade name or trademark infringement allegations brought by owners of other trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our unregistered trademarks or trade names. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We currently rely upon trade secret protection, as well as non-disclosure agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties, to protect our confidential and proprietary information. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in maintaining, protecting, or enforcing the confidentiality of our trade secrets or that our non-disclosure agreements will provide sufficient protection of our trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation, or other disclosure. Further, we cannot provide any assurances that our employees, consultants and third parties will not breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets. Additionally, we rely upon invention assignment agreements with our employees and certain of our consultants and other third parties. If we do not protect our intellectual property adequately, competitors may be able to use our methods and databases and thereby erode any competitive advantages we may have.
We will be able to protect our proprietary rights from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that our proprietary methods and technologies are effectively maintained as trade secrets, and we have taken necessary security measures to protect this information. These measures alone, however, may not provide adequate protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other confidential information. If any of our confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or misappropriated, or if any such information was independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position could be harmed. Additionally, enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the U.S. are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. It is also possible that our trade secrets will become known by some other mechanism or independently developed by our competitors, and we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us.
Risks Generally Related to Our Business
Our growth depends on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties as well as our ability to successfully integrate our applications with a variety of third-party technologies.
We depend on relationships with third parties and are also dependent on third parties for the license of certain software and development tools that are incorporated into or used with our applications. If the operations of these third parties are disrupted or any of these third parties are unwilling or unable to continue to provide a critical product or service, and we are unable to make alternative arrangements for the supply of such product or service on commercially reasonable terms or a timely basis, or at all, our own operations may suffer, which could materially adversely affect our operating results. In addition, we rely upon licensed third-party software to help improve our internal systems, processes, and controls. Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. The priorities and objectives of these third-party service providers may differ from ours and we may be at a disadvantage if our competitors are effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce use of our services, or in negotiating better rates or terms with such third parties. Acquisitions of our partners by our competitors could end our strategic relationship with the acquired partner and result in a decrease in the number of our current and potential clients, or the support services available for third-party technology may be negatively affected by mergers and consolidation in the software industry. In addition, like us, third parties are vulnerable to operational and technological disruptions, and we may have limited remedies against these third parties in the event of product or service disruptions. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, or in monitoring the quality of their products and services or performance, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenues could be impaired and our operating results may suffer.
To the extent that our applications depend upon the successful integration and operation of third-party software in conjunction with our software, any current or future undetected errors, failures, bugs or defects in our applications or this third-party software, especially when updates or new products or software are released, as well as cybersecurity threats or attacks related to such software, could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our applications, delay new application introductions, result in a failure of our applications, result in increased costs, including claims from clients, and injure our reputation. Our applications and third-party software are used in information technology (“IT”) environments with different operating systems, system management software, devices, databases, servers, storage, middleware, custom, and third-party applications and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors, failures, bugs, or defects in the IT environment into which such software and technology are deployed. This diversity increases the likelihood of errors, failures, bugs, or defects in those IT environments. Any real or perceived errors, failures, bugs or defects in our products could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products and harm to our brand, weakening of our competitive position, claims by clients for losses sustained by them or failure to meet the stated service level commitments in our client agreements as well as impair our ability to attract new clients or retain existing clients. Furthermore, software may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace. Integration of new software into our applications may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources.
We also need to continuously modify and enhance our applications to keep pace with changes in third-party technologies, and other third-party software, communication, browser and database technologies. We must also appropriately balance the application capability demands of our current clients with the capabilities required to serve the broader market. Furthermore, uncertainties about the timing and nature of new network platforms or technologies, or modifications to existing platforms or technologies, could increase our product development expenses. Any failure of our applications to operate effectively with future network platforms and other third-party technologies could reduce the demand for our applications, result in client and end user dissatisfaction, and materially adversely affect our business and operating results. We may experience difficulties in managing improvements to our systems, processes and controls or in connection with third-party software, which could materially impair our ability to provide products and services to our clients in a timely manner, cause us to lose clients, limit us to smaller deployments of our products and services, or increase our technical support costs.
The success of our business depends in part on our relationships with our partners and vendors.
From time to time we enter into relationships with certain partners and vendors, some of which offer highly specialized services. If any of these partners or vendors were to cease providing their services, elect to not renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, breach their agreements with us or fail to satisfy our expectations, whether due to exclusivity arrangements with our competitors, acquisition by one of our competitors, vendor consolidation, regulation or otherwise, we may not be able to find a suitable replacement on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If a vendor raises the costs for its services, we may not be able to pass through such cost increases to our clients. If a partner or vendor updates its products without providing sufficient notice to us, there could be disruptions, which could result in errors, delays, and interruptions.
We have developed a comprehensive integration platform by partnering with leading HCM and ATS platforms to integrate our front-end client interface into our clients’ systems. However, if any of these HCM or ATS platforms were to enter into an exclusivity arrangement with one of our competitors or we were to otherwise lose the partnership, we could lose not only the partnership with the HCM or ATS platform but the clients using the platform as well. Further, if any of these platforms were to be disrupted, our ability to deliver our products and services would be adversely affected.
Losses of our partner or vendor relationships as described above, disruptions of our partner platforms, or changes to partners’ or vendors’ capabilities or the terms or our relationships could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A failure, disruption, including any disruption tied to the transition to any new technologies, or change to the cost of the technologies that we utilize could have a materially adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Our technology infrastructure is critical to the performance of our front-end client interface as well as our fulfillment and operating systems. Substantially all of our technology platform and company systems run on a complex distributed system, commonly referred to as cloud computing. The technology landscape is constantly evolving, and in order to remain competitive, we must adapt and migrate to new technologies, applications and processes. There can be no assurance that our transition to new technologies and infrastructure, such as our recent
migration to new cloud computing systems, will be without operational interruptions or other disruptions. Such transitions can be complex and involve substantial expenditures as well as risks inherent to the conversion to any new system, including potential loss of information or disruption to operations.
We own, operate and maintain elements of our technology infrastructure, but significant elements are operated by third parties that we do not control and which would require significant time and expense to replace. We rely on these third parties to host our applications and to provide continuous power, cooling, internet connectivity and physical and technological security for our servers, and our operations depend in part on their ability to protect their systems and facilities against any damage or interruption from natural disasters, such as earthquakes and hurricanes, power or telecommunication failures, human error, usage spikes, fires, floods and other catastrophic events, terrorist attacks, malicious attacks, vandalism, sabotage and similar events. The occurrence of such an event or other damage to, failure of, or unanticipated problem at a facility, or a decision to close a facility without adequate notice, could result in lengthy interruptions to our cloud-based technology platform. The third parties that we rely on to host our technology infrastructure may not have redundancy for all of their systems, and even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties could disrupt our business, including by preventing clients from accessing our products and services, and we could suffer financial loss, liability to clients, loss of clients, regulatory intervention or damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, we cannot guarantee that our current or future third-party cloud providers will keep up with our increasing capacity needs or client demand. In addition, our users depend on internet service providers, online service providers, and other website operators for access to our systems. These providers could experience outages, delays, and other difficulties due to system failures unrelated to our technology infrastructure, events which are beyond our control, or mitigation. Also, in the event of such a failure or interruption, insurance may not be adequate to cover us for all risks to which we are exposed or may not be available to cover any losses that we may incur.
We incur significant costs with our third-party data hosting services. If the costs for such services increase due to vendor consolidation, regulation, contract renegotiation, or otherwise, we may not be able to pass through such fee increases to our clients. In addition, if any of these third-party vendors cease providing services, elect to not renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, breach their agreements with us or fail to satisfy our expectations, our operations could be disrupted and we could be required to incur significant costs, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, any inability of these third parties to keep up with our needs for capacity could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any changes in these third parties’ service levels, or any errors, defects, disruptions, or other performance problems with our applications or the infrastructure on which they run, could materially adversely affect our reputation and may damage our clients’ or other users’ stored files or result in lengthy interruptions in our products and services. Interruptions in our products or services might materially adversely affect our reputation and operating results, cause us to issue refunds or service credits to clients, subject us to potential liabilities, or result in contract terminations or loss of clients.
Systems failures, interruptions or delays in service, including due to natural disasters or other catastrophic events, could delay and disrupt our services, which could materially harm our business and reputation.
Our business depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our systems, networks and infrastructure. We cannot assure you that we, or our third-party service providers, will not experience systems failures or business interruptions. Our systems, networks, infrastructure and other operations are vulnerable to impact or interruption from a wide variety of causes, including: power, internet or telecommunications failures; hardware failures or software errors; human error, acts of vandalism or sabotage; catastrophic events, such as natural disasters, extreme weather events, climate change or acts of war, terrorism or other military conflicts (such as the ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East); malicious cyber-attacks or cyber incidents, such as unauthorized access, ransomware, malware, denial-of-service, loss or destruction of data, computer viruses or other malicious code; and the loss or failure of systems over which we have no control, such as loss of support services from critical third-party service providers. In addition, we may also face significant increases in our use of power and data storage and may experience a shortage of capacity or increased costs associated with such usage.
Any failure of, or significant interruption, delay or disruption to, or security breaches affecting, our platforms, systems, networks or infrastructure could result in disruption to our operations, including disruptions in service to our clients; cause us to incur significant expense to repair, replace or remediate systems, networks or infrastructure; harm our brand and reputation; divert our employees’ attention; reduce our revenue; subject us to liability; cause us to breach service level contract obligations or cause us to issue credits or lose clients, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We internally support and maintain many of our systems and networks, including those underlying our products and services; however, we may not have sufficient personnel to properly respond to all system, network or infrastructure problems. Our failure to monitor or maintain our systems, networks and infrastructure, including those maintained or supported by our third-party service providers, or to find a replacement for defective or obsolete components within our systems, networks and infrastructure in a timely and cost-effective manner when necessary, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we generally have disaster recovery and business continuity plans for much of our business, including redundant systems, networks, computer software and hardware and data centers to mitigate interruption to our normal course of business, our systems, networks and infrastructure may not always be fully redundant and our disaster recovery and business continuity plans may not always be sufficient, effective or implemented properly. Similarly, although some contracts with our third-party service providers require adequate disaster recovery or business continuity capabilities, we cannot be certain that these will be adequate or implemented properly. Our disaster recovery and business continuity plans are heavily reliant on the availability of the internet and mobile phone technology, so any disruption of those systems would likely affect our ability to recover promptly from a crisis situation. If we are unable to execute our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, or if our plans prove insufficient for a particular situation or take longer than expected to implement in a crisis situation, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and our business interruption insurance may not adequately compensate us for losses that may occur.
Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by unfavorable conditions in the general economy.
The substantial majority of our revenues are derived from pre-employment screening services. Unfavorable conditions in the general economy could result in reduced demand for our products and services, as our revenues are dependent upon general economic and hiring conditions and upon conditions in the industries we serve. To the extent that the economy in general or labor market conditions in particular deteriorate, our existing and potential clients may slow or defer hiring, and may be reluctant to increase expenditures on employee screening. In addition, individuals may choose to change employment less frequently during an economic downturn. This could interfere with our growth strategy of increasing the number of background screens performed by, and average revenue per order of, our client base, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The continuing impacts on the U.S. and global economies, including effects on inflation, monetary policy and fiscal policy and the ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East and other geopolitical events, have continued to cause uncertainty in the U.S. and global economy. This uncertainty could create unfavorable market conditions which may cause concerns of or lead to an economic slowdown or recession. It is not possible for us to estimate the duration or magnitude of the impact on the economy and its effects on our business, financial condition or results of operations at this time. Any future economic downturn may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business, financial condition and results of operations are subject to the effects of a rising rate of inflation.
Since the latter half of 2021 and throughout 2022 and 2023, the U.S. experienced historically high levels of inflation. As a result of inflation and other macroeconomic factors, we have experienced declines in base business growth with our existing clients. If inflation continues or worsens, it could further negatively impact us by increasing our operating expenses. Inflation may lead to cost increases in multiple areas across our business, including the cost of labor. Further, inflation may also cause our clients to reduce their use of our products and services. To the extent that we are unable to pass on these costs through increased prices, revised budget estimates, or offset them otherwise, or if we experience lower demand from our customers due to inflation, the rising rate of inflation may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to significant competition, and if we fail to compete successfully, our sales could decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
The market for global background screening and identity verification services is highly fragmented and competitive. We compete for business based on numerous factors, including service speed, accuracy and results, ease-of-use, breadth of offering, fulfillment reliability, reputation, client service, platform quality, and price. We compete with a diverse group of screening companies, including global full-suite players characterized by their global scale and enterprise offerings; mid-tier players that tend to focus on a particular geographic region, industry or product line; and small independent background screening players that typically serve small- to medium-sized businesses. New entrants to the market have in the past emerged, both as start-ups as well as participants in
adjacent sectors such as applicant tracking systems and payroll processing companies that seek to integrate background screening into their onboarding products and solutions, and may emerge in the future, which would further increase competition. Additionally, our clients may also decide to insource work that has been traditionally outsourced to us. Some of our competitors are larger than us, have more resources than we do, have more expertise in certain industries than we do, are better financed than we are, or provide more specialized or diversified services than we do. Due in part to their size and resources, certain competitors may be in a better position to reallocate resources and anticipate and respond to existing and changing client preferences and requirements, emerging technologies and market trends. Also, our status as a public company gives our competitors access to information about us and our business, while we may not have access to similar information about them. Our competitors have imitated or attempted to imitate, and will likely continue to imitate or attempt to imitate, our services and branding, which could harm our business and results of operations. We cannot guarantee that others will not independently develop technology and products with the same or similar function to any proprietary technology we rely on to conduct our business and differentiate ourselves from our competitors. Further, the intellectual property used in our business generally is not patented, and we therefore rely primarily on other forms of protection, including trade and service marks, trade secrets, trade dress and the strength of our brand. It is also possible that new competitors or alliances or consolidation among competitors may emerge and significantly increase competition. In addition, we face difficulties in competing for clients who already have long-standing relationships with other screening service providers, especially if the products and services provided by such competitors are already integrated into the client’s technology platform or hiring processes, which often creates a barrier to switching providers and increases switching costs for the potential client. Continuing strong competition could result in pricing pressure, increased sales and marketing expenses, loss of clients, and greater investments in research and development. If we fail to successfully compete, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
While a majority of our U.S. enterprise client contracts are exclusive to us or require Sterling to be used as the primary provider for the duration of their contract, we still rely on our clients’ continuing demand for our products and solutions, our technology, our value proposition, and our brand and reputation to compete. The loss of a significant client or any reduced demand for our products and services by our clients, especially our large clients, would have a negative impact on our business. We cannot guarantee that we will maintain relationships with any of our clients on acceptable terms or at all or retain, renew or expand upon our existing agreements. The failure to do so could negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may also face increased competition in the identity verification market, including both our online Identity-as-a-Service suite and our fingerprinting services. Our competitors may develop identity verification services that compete with ours, including biometrics technology that directly competes with or is superior to our own. Additionally, if we are unable to develop new hardware and software or enhance our existing technology in a timely manner in response to technological changes, we will be unable to compete in our chosen markets. Any of these factors as well as any security breaches that affect our identity verification services may make it difficult for us to retain existing clients or attract new clients and may cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be harmed.
A significant portion of our fulfillment operations, and certain of our technology development operations, subject us to particular risks inherent in operating overseas.
A significant portion of our fulfillment operations and certain of our technology development operations, are conducted, through subsidiaries, in Mumbai, India and Manila, the Philippines, which subjects us to particular risks and challenges inherent in operating overseas. In particular, these operations are subject to local political, security and economic instability, regional conflicts and local risks with respect to a widespread public health concern or crisis, such as another pandemic, and the responses of local governments, institutions and healthcare providers thereto. If our operations at these sites are disrupted, even for a brief period of time, whether due to malevolent acts, defects, computer viruses, climate change, natural disasters such as earthquakes, fires, hurricanes or floods, power telecommunications failures, or other external events beyond our control, it could result in interruptions in service to our clients, damage to our reputation, harm our client relationships, and reduced revenues and profitability. We may not have sufficient protection or recovery plans in certain circumstances, such as a significant natural disaster, and our business interruption insurance may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that occur. In the case of such an event, a client could elect to terminate our relationship, delay or withhold payment to us, or even make claims against us. Such events could have negative impacts on client relationships. Further, misconduct by our overseas employees could result in infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property, which may be exacerbated by potentially weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the U.S. as well as practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights. In addition, currency fluctuations that could increase the cost of labor at our India and the Philippines subsidiaries. These risks could prevent us from
achieving cost savings or efficiencies from our international operations, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we fail to upgrade, enhance and expand our technology and services to meet client needs and preferences, or fail to successfully manage the transition to new products and services, the demand for our products and services may materially diminish.
We operate in an industry that is subject to rapid technological advances and changing client needs and preferences. In order to remain competitive and responsive to client demands, we continually upgrade, enhance, and expand our technology, products and services. Our competitors may introduce new products and services that might offer better combinations of price and performance or better address our clients’ needs as compared to our current or future products and services. If we fail to respond successfully to technology challenges and client needs and preferences, our ability to service clients may be affected and the demand for our products and services may diminish. In addition, investment in product development often involves a long return on investment cycle. We have made and expect to continue to make significant investments in product development. We must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our development efforts before knowing to what extent our investments will result in products the market will accept and we cannot assure you that any such products that we develop or offer will be produced economically. The expenses or losses associated with unsuccessful product development, or a lack of market acceptance of new products, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation. In addition, our business could be adversely affected in periods surrounding our new product introductions if clients delay purchasing decisions to evaluate the new product offerings. Furthermore, we may not execute successfully on our product development strategy, including because of challenges with regard to product planning and timing and technical hurdles that we fail to overcome in a timely fashion.
Additionally, unexpected delays and difficulties can occur as clients implement and test our products and services. Implementation typically involves integration with our clients’ and third-party systems and internal processes, as well as adding client and third-party data to our platform. This can be complex and time-consuming for our clients and can result in delays. We provide our clients with upfront estimates regarding the duration and resources associated with the implementation of our products and solutions. However, delays may occur due to discoveries made during the implementation process, such as unique or unusual client requirements or our internal limitations. If we are unable to resolve these issues and we fail to meet the upfront estimates and the expectations of our clients, it could result in client dissatisfaction, loss of clients, delays in generating revenues, or negative brand perception about us and our products and services. Our implementation cycles could also be disrupted by factors outside of our control, such as deficiencies in the platform of our clients or third-party ATS or HCM systems, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have incurred operating losses in the past, may incur operating losses in the future, and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.
We have incurred operating losses in recent years, including net losses of $0.1 million and $18.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2021, respectively, and may incur net losses in the future. We expect our operating expenses to increase in the future as we continue our growth initiatives by focusing on expanding into new geographies, developing new products and services and investing in our technology, focusing on new partnerships and as a result of legal, accounting, and other expenses related to operating as a public company. These initiatives and additional expenses may be more costly than we expect, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to increase our revenue to offset our operating expenses. We may not experience the revenue growth that we have experienced in the past or our revenue may decline for a number of other reasons, including reduced demand for our products and services, increased competition, a decrease in the growth or reduction in size of our overall market, the impacts to our business from the general economic conditions or concerns of an economic downturn or recession, or if we cannot capitalize on growth opportunities. If our revenue does not grow at a greater rate than our operating expenses, we will not be able to achieve and maintain profitability.
Our historical growth rates may not be sustainable or indicative of future growth.
We have experienced significant growth in several recent periods, with year-over-year base growth moderating starting in the later half of the third quarter of 2022. While revenue increased 19.5% from $641.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 to $766.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, revenue decreased 6.1% to $719.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Accordingly, historical rates of growth that we have experienced in the past may not be sustainable or indicative of our future rate of growth. We experienced increased demand through the first half of the third quarter in 2022 as the broader macroeconomic recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic continued. In addition, the structural shift from in-office to remote work has reduced switching
costs for employees and expanded talent pools for employers, further increasing demand. However, in the latter half of the third quarter of 2022, year-over-year base growth began to moderate due to macroeconomic uncertainty related to factors including inflation, monetary policy and fiscal policy, which moderation continued through 2023 during which we experienced a year-over-year decline in base business with our existing clients that offset positive trends in other revenue drivers, including growth from new clients, up-sell and cross-sell and retention. These factors have caused uncertainty among our clients and general populace of a future economic downturn or recession, which could impact the hiring and turnover trends of our clients.
Our ability to grow our business will depend, in large part, on our ability to further penetrate our existing markets, attract new clients and identify and effectively invest in growing Verticals and Regions. We believe that our continued revenue growth, as well as our ability to improve or maintain margins and profitability, will depend upon, among other factors, our ability to respond to the challenges, risks and difficulties described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the extent to which use of our various products and services grows and contributes to our results of operations. Additionally, growing our existing business or executing our business strategy may place significant demands on and strain our personnel and organizational structure, including our management, staff and information systems. To successfully manage our growth, we will also need to maintain appropriate staffing levels and update our operating, financial and other systems, procedures, and controls accordingly and we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully manage any such challenges or risks to our future growth. Our growth could be limited if we fail to innovate or adapt to market trends and product innovations adequately. Any new products and services we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner and may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenues, and any new markets in which we attempt to sell our products and services, including new countries or regions, may not be receptive or implementation may be delayed. Our future growth will be adversely affected if we do not identify and invest in faster-growing Verticals. In addition, our number of clients and markets may not continue to grow or may decline due to a variety of possible risks, including increased competition. Any of these factors could cause our revenue growth to decline and may materially adversely affect our margins and profitability. Failure to continue our revenue growth or improve margins could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. You should not rely on our historical rate of revenue growth as an indication of our future performance.
Our growth depends, in part, on increasing our presence in the markets that we currently serve, and we may not be successful in doing so.
We believe that our future growth depends not only on continuing to reach our current core market, but also continuing to broaden our client base in the United States, EMEA, APAC, Canada and Latin America. In these markets, we have faced and may continue to face challenges that are different from those we encounter elsewhere, including competitive, hiring, legal, regulatory, economic, political and other difficulties, such as understanding and accurately predicting the needs and preferences of clients in these markets. We may also encounter difficulties in attracting clients due to a lack of familiarity with or acceptance of our brand. We continue to evaluate marketing efforts and other strategies to expand our client base. In addition, although we are investing in marketing activities to increase market penetration, we cannot assure you that we will be successful. If we are not successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.
We acquire information from a variety of sources to conduct our business, and if some of these sources are not available to us in the future, or if the fees charged by such sources significantly increase, our business may be materially and adversely affected and our profit margins may decline.
We rely extensively upon information derived from a wide variety of sources. We rely on automated technology, our employees and third parties to search public and private sources and obtain data from information companies. We generally do not have long-term agreements with our data suppliers. Some data suppliers, as well as some service suppliers, such as the drug testing laboratories we use, are also owned, or may in the future be acquired, by our competitors, which may make us vulnerable to unpredictable price increases or delays and refusals to renew agreements. Because our contracts with our clients often contain restrictions on the amounts or types of costs that may be passed through to our clients, we may not be able to recover certain of the costs charged to us by our data and service suppliers. Further, our data and service suppliers could increase their fees in the future and we may not be able to pass through such fee increases to our clients. If our data and service suppliers or data sources are no longer able or are unwilling to provide us with certain data or services, including as a result of our noncompliance with laws, regulations or our contractual agreements with them, we will need to find alternative data and service suppliers with comparable breadth and accuracy, which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to identify and contract with suitable alternative data and service suppliers and integrate them into our
service offerings, we could experience service disruptions, increased costs and reduced quality of our products and services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to payment-related risks that may result in higher operating costs or the inability to process payments, either of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We accept a variety of payment methods, including bank checks, electronic funds transfers and electronic payment systems. Accordingly, we are, and will continue to be, subject to significant and evolving regulations and compliance requirements, including obligations to implement enhanced authentication processes that could result in increased costs and liability, and reduce the ease of use of certain payment methods. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, as well as electronic payment systems, we pay certain fees that we currently pass through to our clients. However, these fees may increase over time and we may not be able to pass through such fee increases to our clients. We rely on independent service providers for payment processing, including credit and debit cards. If these independent service providers become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us, or if the cost of using these providers increases, our business could be harmed. We and our payment processing providers are also subject to payment card association operating rules and agreements, including data security rules and agreements, certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these rules, agreements or requirements, or if our data security systems are breached or compromised, we may be liable for losses incurred by card issuing banks or clients, subject to fines and higher transaction fees, lose our ability to accept credit or debit card payments from our clients, or process electronic fund transfers or facilitate other types of payments. Any failure to comply could significantly harm our brand, reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Additionally, clients may dispute their invoices or otherwise fail to pay for our products and services on a timely basis or at all. In the past, certain clients have sought to slow their payments to us or have filed for bankruptcy protection, resulting in delay or cancelation of their payments to us. If we are unable to collect clients’ fees on a timely basis or at all, bad debt may exceed reserves for such contingencies, and our bad debt exposure may increase over time. Write-offs for bad debt could have a materially negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, we incur costs for any products and services delivered; to the extent that we are not paid timely or at all, our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely impacted.
Sales to government entities and higher-tier contractors to governmental clients involve unique competitive, procurement, budget, administrative and contractual risks, any of which could materially adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We derive a portion of our revenues, and intend to derive an increasing portion of our revenues in the future, from sales to U.S. federal, state and local governmental and education clients and higher-tier contractors to governmental clients. Doing business with government entities and their higher-tier contractors presents a variety of risks in addition to those involved in sales to other clients. The procurement process for governments and their agencies is highly competitive, can be time-consuming, requires us to incur significant up-front time and expense, and subjects us to additional compliance risks and costs, without any assurance that we will win a contract. In certain jurisdictions, our ability to win business may be constrained by political and other factors unrelated to our competitive position in the market. Demand for our products and services may be affected by public sector budgetary cycles and changes in funding, including reduced, delayed, or unavailable funding or changed spending priorities in any given fiscal cycle, and extended federal government shutdowns, any of which could materially adversely affect demand for our products and services and could impact our ongoing government contracts if government funding for such projects is reduced or eliminated.
We must comply with laws and regulations relating to government contracts, which affect how we do business with our clients and may result in additional costs to our business. Any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including as a result of misconduct by employees, subcontractors, agents, suppliers, business partners and others working on our behalf, could result in contract termination, damage to our reputation, price or fee reductions or suspension or debarment from contracting with the government, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Significant laws and regulations that affect sales to government entities and higher-tier contractors to governmental clients include:
•federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding the formation, administration and performance of government contracts;
•the federal Civil False Claims Act (and similar state and local false claims acts), which provides for substantial civil penalties for violations, including for submission of or causing the submission of a false or fraudulent claim to the U.S. government for payment or approval; and
•federal, state, and local laws and regulations regarding procurement integrity, including gratuity, bribery and anti-corruption requirements as well as limitations on political contributions and lobbying.
Further, entities providing services to governments are required to comply with a variety of complex laws, regulations and contractual provisions relating to the formation, administration, or performance of government contracts that give public sector clients substantial rights and remedies, many of which are not typically found in commercial contracts. These may include rights with respect to price protection, the accuracy of information provided to the government, contractor compliance with supplier equal opportunity, socio-economic and affirmative action policies and reporting requirements and other terms that are particular to government contracts. Federal, state and local governments routinely investigate and audit contractors for compliance with these requirements, and the qui tam provisions of the federal Civil False Claims Act (and similar state and local false claims acts) authorize a private person to file civil actions on behalf of the federal and state governments and retain a share of any recovery, which can include treble damages and civil penalties. If it is determined that we have failed to comply with these requirements, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, costs associated with the triggering of price reduction clauses, fines and suspension or debarment from future government business, and we may suffer reputational damage. Further, the negative publicity that could arise from any such penalties, sanctions or findings could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and reduce our ability to compete for new contracts with both government and commercial clients.
In addition, governmental clients and higher-tier contractors may have contractual, statutory or regulatory rights to modify without our consent or terminate current contracts with us for convenience (for any reason or no reason) or due to a default. If a contract is terminated for convenience, we may only be able to collect fees for products or services delivered prior to termination and settlement expenses. If a contract is terminated due to a default, we may be liable for excess costs incurred by the client for procuring alternative products or services or be precluded from doing further business with government entities. Governmental clients and higher-tier contractors may also have broad intellectual property rights in products and data developed under our contracts. Compliance with complex regulations and contracting provisions in a variety of jurisdictions can be expensive and consume significant management resources. In addition, government entities may revise existing contract rules and regulations or adopt new contract rules and regulations at any time. Any of these changes could impair our ability to obtain new contracts or renew contracts under which we currently perform when those contracts are eligible for re-competition.
We may incur impairment charges for our goodwill which would negatively affect our operating results.
As of December 31, 2023, we had goodwill of $879.4 million. The carrying value of goodwill represents the fair value of an acquired business in excess of identifiable assets and liabilities as of the date the business was acquired. Our goodwill is predominantly a result of the acquisition of Sterling by certain affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“Goldman Sachs”) and Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec (“CDPQ” and, together with Goldman Sachs, our “Sponsor”) on June 19, 2015 (the “Sponsor Acquisition”). Determining the fair value of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed is judgmental in nature and requires management to use significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash flows, discount rates, growth rates and asset lives. We do not amortize goodwill that we expect to contribute indefinitely to our cash flows, but instead we evaluate these assets for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if changes in circumstances indicate that a potential impairment could exist. Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, inability to effectively integrate acquired businesses, unexpected significant changes or planned changes in use of the acquired assets, divestitures and market capitalization declines may impair our goodwill. Any charges relating to such impairment could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
The economic, health and business disruption that can be caused by a widespread public health concern or crisis, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A significant outbreak, epidemic, or pandemic of contagious diseases in the human population, or similar widespread public health concern or crisis, could adversely affect economies, financial markets, and overall demand for our products. Additionally, any preventative or protective actions taken by public health and governmental authorities, business, other organizations and individuals with respect to any such event, may disrupt our business and the businesses of our clients, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The impacts from any potential widespread public health concern or crisis, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, include, but are not limited to:
•the increased risk that we may experience cybersecurity-related incidents as a result of service providers and third parties working remotely;
•diversion of our management team’s time and attention to respond to the effects of the widespread public health concern or crisis, on our business and operations;
•our service levels or ability to fulfill client orders being affected as a result of our employees and their immediate families becoming ill as a result of the widespread public health concern or crisis; and
•a significant disruption of global financial markets, which could negatively affect our ability to access capital in the future.
Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The impact of any other potential widespread public health concern or crisis on our business remains uncertain and will depend on a variety of changing factors that we may not be able to accurately predict, such as the duration and scope of the health concern or crisis, the disruption of the national and global economy, the duration of the economic downturn, the laws, programs and actions that governments will enact or take, the extent to which our clients’ businesses contract or fail, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume. Any of these factors could exacerbate the risks and uncertainties identified above.
To the extent our clients reduce their operations, downsize their screening programs, or otherwise demand fewer of our products and solutions, our business could be materially adversely impacted.
Demand for our products and services is subject to our clients’ continual evaluation of their need for our products and services and is impacted by several factors, including their budget availability, hiring, and workforce needs, and a changing regulatory landscape. Demand for our offerings is also dependent on the size of our clients’ operations. Our clients could reduce their operations for a variety of reasons, including general economic slowdown or recession, divestitures and spin-offs, business model disruption, poor financial performance, or as a result of increasing workforce automation. Demand for drug screenings may decline as a result of evolving U.S. drug laws. For example, the legalization of cannabis in several U.S. states has led to a decrease in orders for marijuana screenings. Our revenues may be significantly reduced should our clients decide to downsize their screening programs or take such programs in-house.
We are subject to risks relating to public opinion, which may be magnified by incidents or adverse publicity concerning our industry or operations.
We operate in an industry that involves the risk of negative publicity, especially relating to cybersecurity, privacy, and data protection, and adverse developments with respect to our industry may also, by association, negatively impact our reputation. For example, when information services companies are involved in high-profile events involving data theft or other losses of data, these events could result in increased legal and regulatory scrutiny, adverse publicity, and potential litigation concerning the commercial use of such information for our industry in general. If there is a perception that the practices of our business or our industry constitute an invasion of privacy, our business and results of operations may be negatively impacted. There have been and may continue to be perception issues, social stigmas and negative media attention regarding the collection, use, accuracy, correction and sharing of personal data, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Seasonality may cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter to quarter.
Demand for our products and services, and our revenue, is affected seasonally by macroeconomic hiring trends. Typically, revenue acceleration begins in the first quarter, with steady growth across the quarters as hiring accelerates. However, the fourth quarter, ending December 31, is typically our lowest revenue quarter due to a general market trend of lower hiring during the latter half of December due to the holidays. Also, certain clients across various industries historically have ramped up their hiring throughout the first half of the year as winter concludes, commercial activity tied to outdoor activities increases, and the school year ends, giving rise to student and graduate hiring.
In addition, clients may elect to complete post-onboarding screening such as workforce re-screens and other products at different periods and intervals during any given year. It is not always possible to accurately forecast the timing and magnitude of these projects.
Further, digital transformation, growth in e-commerce, and other economic shifts can impact seasonality trends, making it difficult for us to predict how our seasonality may evolve in the future. As a result, it may be difficult to forecast our results of operations accurately, and there can be no assurance that the results of any particular quarter or other period will serve as an indication of our future performance.
Risks Related to Our Capital Structure, Indebtedness and Capital Requirements
Our Sponsor controls us and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.
As of February 28, 2024, our Sponsor controls approximately 53.5% of the voting power of our common stock. For so long as our Sponsor continues to own a significant percentage of our common stock, our Sponsor will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval through its voting power, including potential mergers or acquisitions, payment of dividends, asset sales, amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws and other significant corporate transactions. Accordingly, for such period of time as our Sponsor holds a controlling interest in us, our Sponsor will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies. In particular, our Sponsor will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our company. The concentration of voting power could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of our company and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.
Our Sponsor and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, our Sponsor and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. Two of our ten directors are affiliated with our Sponsor. These persons will have fiduciary duties both to us and to our Sponsor. As a result, they may have real or apparent conflicts of interest on matters affecting both us and our Sponsor, which in some circumstances may have interests adverse to ours. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation generally permits our Sponsor, its affiliates, our non-employee directors and their affiliates to engage, directly or indirectly, in the same lines of business in which we operate or otherwise to compete with us. Our Sponsor and its affiliates may also pursue acquisition opportunities that would be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, our Sponsor and its affiliates may have an interest in us pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and limit our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations.
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2023, we had total indebtedness of $498.0 million outstanding under the 2022 Credit Agreement, which provides for $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of term loans and a $400.0 million revolving credit facility. Additionally, we have $0.7 million of letters of credit outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility, with additional capacity for letters of credit of $39.3 million.
Our high level of indebtedness could have important consequences to us, including:
•making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt;
•limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;
•requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments or debt repayment instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions or other general corporate purposes;
•increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;
•exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as borrowings under our 2022 Credit Agreement (to the extent not hedged) bear interest at variable rates, which could further adversely affect our cash flows;
•limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and the industry in which we compete;
•restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;
•requiring us to repatriate cash from our foreign subsidiaries to accommodate debt service payments;
•placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and
•increasing our cost of borrowing.
Any one of these limitations could have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of our outstanding debt. In addition, the 2022 Credit Agreement contains, and the agreements governing future indebtedness may contain, restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness.
Despite our current debt levels, we may incur substantially more indebtedness, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future, which may be secured. While our 2022 Credit Agreement limits our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and thus, notwithstanding these restrictions, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Also, these restrictions do not prohibit us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness as defined therein. To the extent that we incur additional indebtedness, the risks that we now face related to our substantial indebtedness could increase. See Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facility.”
To service our indebtedness, we require a significant amount of cash, which depends on many factors beyond our control.
We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our 2022 Credit Agreement in amounts sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs. Additionally, our operations are conducted entirely through our subsidiaries and our ability to generate cash to meet our debt service obligations is highly dependent on the earnings and the receipt of funds from our subsidiaries via dividends or intercompany loans.
If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:
•refinancing or restructuring our debt;
•reducing or delaying capital investments;
•selling assets; or
•seeking to raise additional capital.
We cannot assure you that we would be able to enter into these alternative financing plans on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our ability to restructure or refinance our indebtedness will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, any failure to make scheduled payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Any alternative financing plans that we may be required to undertake would still not guarantee that we would be able to meet our debt obligations. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to obtain alternative financing, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. See Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings under our 2022 Credit Agreement are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. The recent rise in interest rates has increased our cost of borrowing. If interest rates continue to increase, our debt service obligations under our 2022 Credit Agreement will continue to increase. On February 28, 2023, we entered into an amortizing $300.0 million notional value interest rate swap. The notional value steps down from $300.0 million to $150.0 million on February 27, 2026. The swap provides for us to pay, as applied to the notional value, a fixed rate of interest of 4.26% monthly and receive, on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the greater of the one-month term SOFR and a floor of (0.10%), as applied to the notional value (the “Floating Leg”). The interest rate swap matures on November 29, 2027. The interest expense related to the 2022 Credit Agreement will be offset by proceeds received from the Floating Leg of the interest rate swap.
The covenants in our 2022 Credit Agreement impose restrictions that may limit our operating and financial flexibility.
Our 2022 Credit Agreement contains a number of significant operating and financial restrictions and covenants that limit our ability, among other things, to:
•incur certain additional indebtedness;
•transfer money between our various subsidiaries;
•pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions with respect to our subsidiaries’ capital stock or make other restricted payments;
•issue stock of subsidiaries;
•make certain investments, loans or advances;
•transfer and sell certain assets;
•create or permit liens on assets;
•consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
•enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and
•amend certain documents.
In addition, the 2022 Credit Agreement contains financial covenants requiring us to comply with (a) a maximum net leverage ratio of 4.00:1.00 (which may be increased to 4.50:1.00 for four quarters if we and our subsidiaries consummate acquisitions during any 6-month period for which the total aggregate cash consideration is greater than or equal to $75.0 million) and (b) a minimum interest coverage ratio of 3.00:1.00. Both financial covenants are tested quarterly.
These covenants could materially adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs. Furthermore, they may restrict our ability to expand and pursue our business strategies and otherwise conduct our business. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by circumstances and events beyond our control, such as prevailing economic conditions and changes in regulations, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with such covenants. These restrictions also limit our ability to obtain future financings or to withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general. In addition, complying with these covenants may also cause us to take actions that may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy and compete against companies that are not subject to such restrictions.
A breach of any covenant in our 2022 Credit Agreement or the agreements and indentures governing any other indebtedness that we may have outstanding from time to time would result in a default under that agreement or indenture after any applicable grace periods. A default, if not waived, could result in acceleration of the debt outstanding under the agreement or indenture and in a default with respect to, and an acceleration of, the debt outstanding under other debt agreements. If that occurs, we may not be able to make all of the required payments or borrow sufficient funds to refinance such debt. Even if new financing were available at that time, it may not be on terms that are acceptable to us or terms as favorable as our current agreements. If our debt is in default for any reason, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Changes in our effective tax rate or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could adversely affect our financial results.
Taxation and tax policy changes, tax rate changes, new tax laws, revised tax law interpretations, changes in the geographic mix of our earnings and changes in accounting standards and guidance related to tax matters may cause fluctuations in our effective tax rate, all of which could adversely impact our financial results.
For example, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, as signed into law by President Biden, includes a one percent excise tax on share buybacks and on November 23, 2022, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million of our shares of common stock. The excise tax on share buybacks is currently not expected to have a material impact on our tax liability.
Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to offset future income taxes may be subject to limitation.
As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $15.7 million of U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”). Our NOLs are subject to annual use limitations, and expire between 2026 and 2031. Utilization of our NOLs depends on many factors, including our future income, which cannot be assured. In addition, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of NOLs that may be used to offset taxable income by a corporation that has undergone an “ownership change” (as determined under Section 382). An ownership change generally occurs if one or more stockholders (or groups of stockholders) that are each deemed to own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership percentage by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage during a rolling three-year period.
We have experienced an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code in the past. Thus, our ability to utilize existing NOLs are subject to annual limitations under Section 382 of the Code. The application of such limitation may cause U.S. federal income taxes to be paid by us earlier than they otherwise would be paid if such
limitation was not in effect and could cause such NOLs to expire unused, in each case reducing or eliminating the benefit of such NOLs. To the extent we are not able to offset our future taxable income with our NOLs, this would adversely affect our operating results and cash flows if we have taxable income in the future. In addition to the aforementioned federal income tax implications pursuant to Section 382 of the Code, most U.S. states follow the general provisions of Section 382 of the Code, either explicitly or implicitly resulting in separate state net operating loss limitations. We have recorded a valuation allowance on $13.1 million related to our NOLs as of December 31, 2023.
Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock
The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.
The trading price of our common stock could be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Our board of directors recently approved a share repurchase program, but we are not obligated to repurchase a specified number of shares, or any at all, and may suspend, terminate or modify the program without notice at any time. We have suspended repurchases of our common stock under the share repurchase program pending consummation of the Merger. The following factors, in addition to other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section, may have a significant effect on the market price of our common stock:
•our actual results of operations may vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
•our results of operations may vary from those of our competitors;
•actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results, including as a result of our ability to retain existing clients and attract new clients, the timing and success of new service offerings or product introductions, geographic expansion, or the seasonality of our business cycle;
•the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our ability to meet these projections;
•investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;
•the extent or lack of securities analyst coverage of us or changes in analysts’ financial estimates;
•announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, price reductions, new products or technical innovations, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, results of operations or capital commitments;
•changes in our relationship with our clients or in client needs or expectations or trends in the markets in which we operate;
•changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business;
•investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed or threatened against us;
•our ability to implement our business strategy;
•our ability to complete and integrate acquisitions;
•the amount and timing of any repurchases under our share repurchase program;
•trading volume of our common stock;
•changes in accounting principles;
•the loss of any of our management or key personnel;
•sales of our common stock by us, our executive officers and directors or our stockholders (including our Sponsor or its affiliates) in the future;
•changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of debt or equity securities;
•short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving our common stock;
•economic, political, legal and other regulatory factors unrelated to our performance;
•negative trends in global economic conditions or activity levels in our industry;
•other events or factors, including severe weather, natural disasters, those resulting from war and other military conflicts (including the ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East), incidents of terrorism, pandemics, or other public health emergencies or external events or responses to these events; and
•overall fluctuations in the U.S. equity markets, including due to concerns of an economic downturn or recession.
In addition, broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and factors beyond our control may cause our stock price to decline rapidly and unexpectedly.
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq and, as a result, qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
Our Sponsor owns a majority of the voting power in the Company. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. A company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group or another company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq, including:
•the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors;
•the requirement that director nominations be made, or recommended to the full board of directors, by its independent directors or by a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors; and
•the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.
We currently do not rely on the exemptions listed above, but at any point in time we may choose to rely on any or all of the exemptions accorded to a “controlled company”. If we choose to rely on any or all of the exemptions, our board of directors and those committees may have more directors who do not meet Nasdaq independence standards than they would if those standards were to apply. The independence standards are intended to ensure that directors who meet those standards are free of any conflicting interest that could influence their actions as directors. Accordingly, our stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.
Sales, or the potential for sales, of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to drop significantly.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur, including sales by our Sponsor, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities.
Moreover, the approximately 53% of our outstanding common stock held by our Sponsor as well as approximately 3.1 million shares of common stock held by certain of our officers and directors, have been registered for resale on a registration statement on Form S-3. Additionally, we have filed registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act registering shares issuable under the 2015 LTIP, the 2021 Equity Plan and the ESPP. As of February 28, 2024, there were (i) 8,236,986 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under the 2015 LTIP, (ii) 3,749,917 unvested shares of restricted stock that were issued under the 2021 Equity Plan, (iii) 4,546,475 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under the 2021 Equity Plan, (iv) 113,951 shares of common stock issuable upon the settlement of RSUs outstanding under the 2021 Equity Plan, (v) 14,062,084 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Equity Plan, and (vi) 4,692,961 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP. Shares registered under such registration statements, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, any applicable lock-up agreements and the vesting and transfer restrictions described in our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on April 18, 2023 (our “2023 Proxy Statement”) under “Executive Compensation—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Long-Term Equity Incentives—2015 LTIP” and “—Sterling Check Corp. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan.” Further, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue shares of common stock and options relating to common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. Any common stock that we issue, including under the 2021 Equity Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by our stockholders. In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to our stockholders.
If securities or industry analysts cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our markets, or if they adversely change their recommendations or publish negative reports regarding our business or our common stock, our stock price and trading volume could materially decline.
The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our markets or our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts and we cannot provide any assurance that analysts will continue to cover us or provide favorable coverage. If one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, or if we fail to meet their expectations for our financial results, the price of our stock could materially decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to materially decline.
We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends.
We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain future earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable laws, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. Because we are a holding company and all of our business is conducted through our subsidiaries, dividends, distributions and other payments from, and cash generated by, our subsidiaries will be our principal sources of cash to fund operations and pay dividends. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is dependent on the earnings and distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. Under our 2022 Credit Agreement, we and our subsidiaries are limited in our ability to pay cash dividends. Our ability to pay dividends may also be similarly restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred equity securities we or our subsidiaries may issue. Accordingly, if you purchase shares of our common stock, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking dividend income should not purchase our common stock.
We may issue preferred stock the terms of which could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the common stock.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders, and may make changes in our management more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:
•establish a classified board of directors such that only a portion of the board of directors is elected at each annual meeting;
•allow the authorized number of our directors to be determined exclusively by resolution of our board of directors and grant our board of directors the sole power to fill any vacancy on the board of directors;
•limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors without cause if our Sponsor ceases to own 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock;
•eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders, if our Sponsor ceases to own 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock;
•would allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock in connection with a stockholder rights plan or otherwise, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of our common stock;
•prohibit stockholder action by written consent from and after the date on which our Sponsor ceases to beneficially own 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock;
•provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 66 2/3% or more in voting power of all outstanding shares of our capital stock, if our Sponsor ceases to own 50% or more of the voting power of our common stock;
•restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware; and
•establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
In addition, while we have opted out of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
•prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
•upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or
•at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Sponsor and its affiliates, and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision. Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, which may impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the U.S. as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain what such stockholders believe to be a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we otherwise consent in writing, (A) (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee or stockholder of us to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws (as either may be amended or restated) or as to which the DGCL confers exclusive jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, the federal district court of the State of Delaware; and (B) the federal district courts of the U.S. shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act; however, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provision, and investors cannot waive compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive forum provision shall not apply to claims seeking to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the U.S. have
exclusive jurisdiction. The choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
Taking advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
The JOBS Act provides that, so long as a company qualifies as an “emerging growth company,” it will, among other things:
•be exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that its independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting;
•be exempt from the “say on pay” and “say on golden parachute” advisory vote requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act; and
•be exempt from certain disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of its executive officers and be permitted to omit the detailed compensation discussion and analysis from proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act.
We have utilized, and currently intend to continue to utilize, each of the exemptions described above. In addition, the JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies, meaning that the company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable with similarly situated public companies.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.235 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the closing of our IPO; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. Taking advantage of these exemptions may result in less active trading, lower trading prices or more volatility in the price of our common stock.
If we experience a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting in the future or otherwise fail in the future to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting or effective disclosure controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may materially adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the price of our common stock.
As a public company, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and other federal regulations implementing Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and will require management to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we are required to evaluate the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures in our quarterly and annual reports.
If we are unable to maintain appropriate internal control over financial reporting or effective disclosure controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis or result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements. We are required to make annual assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. However, as an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report
that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.
When evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
If we identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an emerging growth company, or if we are unable to conclude in our quarterly and annual reports that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. In addition, if we fail to remediate any material weakness, our financial statements could be inaccurate and we could face restricted access to capital markets.
The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Nasdaq, may strain our resources, increase our costs and divert management’s attention, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, regulatory, finance, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and the corporate governance standards of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Nasdaq. These requirements may place a strain on our management, systems and resources and we may incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Exchange Act requires us to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition within specified time periods and to prepare a proxy statement with respect to our annual meeting of stockholders. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Nasdaq requires that we comply with various corporate governance requirements. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting and comply with the Exchange Act and Nasdaq requirements, significant resources and management oversight may be required. This may divert management’s attention from other business concerns and lead to significant costs associated with compliance, which could have a material adverse effect on us and the price of our common stock.
The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or its committees or as our executive officers. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt even more changes in governance and reporting requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of these costs. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
General Risks
We may undertake acquisitions or divestitures, which may not be successful, and which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
From time to time, we may consider acquisitions, which may not be completed or, if completed, may not be ultimately beneficial to us. We also may consider potential divestitures of businesses from time to time. We routinely evaluate potential acquisition and divestiture candidates and engage in discussions and negotiations regarding potential acquisitions and divestitures on an ongoing basis; however, even if we execute a definitive agreement,
there can be no assurance that we will consummate the transaction within the anticipated closing timeframe, or at all. Moreover, there is significant competition for acquisition and expansion opportunities in our industry.
Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including: (i) failing to properly identify appropriate acquisition targets and to negotiate acceptable terms; (ii) incurring the time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisition targets and negotiating potential transactions; (iii) diverting management’s attention from the operation of our existing business; (iv) using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, funding, liquidity, business, management and market risks with respect to the acquisition target or assets; (v) litigation relating to an acquisition, particularly in the context of a publicly held acquisition target, that could require us to incur significant expenses, result in or delay or enjoin the transaction; (vi) failing to properly identify an acquisition target’s significant problems, liabilities or risks; (vii) not receiving required regulatory approvals on the terms expected or such approvals being delayed or restrictively conditional; and (viii) failing to obtain financing on favorable terms, or at all. In addition, in connection with any acquisitions, we must comply with various antitrust requirements. In addition, it is possible that perceived or actual violations of these requirements could give rise to litigation or regulatory enforcement action or result in us not receiving the necessary approvals to complete a desired acquisition.
Furthermore, when we complete an acquisition, the anticipated benefits from such acquisition may not be achieved unless the operations of the acquired business are integrated in an efficient, cost-effective and timely manner. The integration of any acquired business includes numerous risks, including an acquired business not performing to our expectations, our not integrating it appropriately and failing to realize anticipated synergies and cost savings as a result, and difficulties, inefficiencies or cost overruns in integrating and assimilating the organizational cultures, operations, technologies, products and services of the acquired business with ours and maintaining uniform standards, policies, and procedures across multiple platforms and locations, including for those located outside the U.S. This may result in a greater than anticipated increase in the transaction, remediation, and integration costs and could discourage us from entering into acquisitions where the potential for such costs outweigh the perceived benefit. Further, although we conduct due diligence with respect to the business and operations of each of the companies we acquire, we may not have identified all material facts concerning these companies, which could result in unanticipated events or liabilities. The integration of our acquisitions will require substantial attention from management and operating personnel to ensure that the acquisition does not disrupt any existing operations, or affect our reputation or our clients’ opinions and perceptions of our products and services. We may spend time and resources on acquisitions that do not ultimately increase our profitability or that cause loss of, or harm to, relationships with employees and clients. We cannot guarantee that any acquisitions we seek to enter into will be carried out on favorable terms or that the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship will materialize as intended or that no unanticipated liabilities will arise.
Divestitures also involve numerous risks, including: (i) failing to properly identify appropriate assets or businesses for divestiture and buyers; (ii) inability to negotiate favorable terms for the divestiture of such assets or businesses; (iii) incurring the time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential divestitures and negotiating potential transactions; (iv) management’s attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business, including to provide on-going services to the divested business; (v) encountering difficulties in the separation of operations, products, services or personnel; (vi) retaining future liabilities as a result of contractual indemnity obligations; and (vii) loss of, or damage to our relationships with, any of our key employees, clients, suppliers or other business partners.
We cannot readily predict the timing or size of any future acquisition or divestiture, and there can be no assurance that we will realize any anticipated benefits from any such acquisition or divestiture. If we do not realize any such anticipated benefits, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
If we enter into strategic alliances, partnerships or joint ventures, we may not realize the anticipated strategic goals for any such transactions.
From time to time, we may enter into strategic alliances, partnerships or joint ventures as a means to accelerate our entry into new markets, provide new products or services or enhance our existing capabilities. Entering into strategic alliances, partnerships and joint ventures entails risks, including: (i) difficulties in developing or expanding the business of newly formed alliances, partnerships and joint ventures; (ii) exercising influence over the activities of joint ventures in which we do not have a controlling interest; (iii) potential conflicts with or among our partners; (iv) the possibility that our partners could take action without our approval or prevent us from taking action; and (v) the possibility that our partners become bankrupt or otherwise lack the financial resources to meet their obligations.
In addition, there may be a long negotiation period before we enter into a strategic alliance, partnership or joint venture or a long preparation period before we commence providing products or services or begin earning revenues pursuant to such arrangement. We typically incur significant business development expenses, and management’s attention may be diverted from the operation of our existing business, during the discussion and negotiation period with no guarantee of consummation of the proposed transaction. Even if we succeed in developing a strategic alliance, partnership or joint venture with a new partner, we may not be successful in maintaining the relationship, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into strategic alliances, partnerships or joint ventures on terms that are favorable to us, or at all, or that any strategic alliance, partnership or strategic alliance we have entered into or may enter into will be successful. In particular, these arrangements may not generate the expected number of new clients or engagements or other benefits we seek. Unsuccessful strategic alliances, partnerships or joint ventures could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are exposed to litigation risk.
We are from time to time involved in various litigation matters and claims, including lawsuits regarding employment matters, breach of contract matters, alleged violations of the FCRA and other business and commercial matters. See Item 3. “Legal Proceedings.” Many aspects of our business, and the businesses of our clients, involve substantial risks of liability. These risks include, among others, claims that we provided to our clients inaccurate or improper information or that we failed to correctly report information to a client. These are typically claims by private plaintiffs, including subjects of our background reports and third parties with which we do business, but can also include regulatory investigations and enforcement proceedings. Many of these matters arise in the U.S. under the FCRA and other laws of U.S. states focused on privacy and the conduct and content of background reports, and relate to actual or alleged process errors, inclusion of erroneous or impermissible information, or failure to include appropriate information in background reports that we prepare. Since the introduction of the GDPR and the U.K. GDPR, the market has also witnessed an increase in collective privacy actions in other jurisdictions across Europe and the U.K. Investigations, enforcement actions, claims or proceedings may also arise under other laws addressing privacy and the use of background information such as criminal and credit histories around the world.
Although we carry insurance that may limit our risk of damages in some matters, we may still sustain uncovered losses or losses in excess of available insurance, and we could incur significant legal expenses defending claims, even those without merit. For example, in September 2020 we settled a class action lawsuit alleging violations of the FCRA for $15.0 million, which was covered by our insurers after we met our retention. Additionally, in November 2019, we settled a matter with the CFPB. The CFPB’s allegations generally related to the period from December 2012 to July 2016 and we neither admitted nor denied any of the allegations as part of the settlement. As part of the settlement, we paid redress of $6.0 million to pay certain consumers and paid the CFPB $2.5 million in civil money penalty, neither of which were covered by our insurers. Due to the uncertain nature of the litigation process, it is not possible to predict with certainty the outcome of any particular litigation matter or claim, and we could in the future incur judgments or enter into settlements that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The ultimate outcome of lawsuits against us may require us to change or cease certain operations and may result in higher operating costs. An adverse resolution of any litigation matter or claim could cause damage to our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.
Our share price may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.
Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may materially adversely affect our financial results.
We operate in several different countries outside the U.S., most notably the U.K. and Canada, and historically, approximately 15–20% of our revenue has been denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. For the year ended December 31, 2023, $109.9 million of our revenue was denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Portions of our expenses, assets and liabilities are denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies as well. Because our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, we must translate non-U.S. dollar denominated revenues, income and expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect during
or at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar against other currencies may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. As we increase the extent of our international operations, such foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations could make it more difficult to detect underlying trends in our business and results of operations, such as our margins and cash flows. Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations may also adversely impact third-party vendors we rely on for services, which may be passed along to us in the form of price increases. In recent years, external events, such as Brexit, the COVID-19 pandemic, international conflicts (such as the ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East), uncertainty regarding actual and potential shifts in U.S. and foreign trade, economic and other policies and the passage of U.S. tax reform legislation, have caused significant volatility in currency exchange rates, especially among the U.S. dollar, the pound sterling and the euro, and these or other external events may continue to cause such volatility.
While we may in the future again engage in hedging activity to attempt to mitigate currency exchange rate risk with respect to our expenses denominated in foreign currencies, our hedging activities may not be effective, particularly in the event of inaccurate forecasts of the levels of our foreign-denominated assets and liabilities. Accordingly, if there are adverse movements in the exchange rates, we may suffer significant losses, which would materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
The U.K.’s exit from the EU could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
On January 31, 2020, the U.K. formally withdrew from the EU (“Brexit”), entering into a transition period that ended on December 31, 2020. This process is unprecedented in EU history and the effects of Brexit remain uncertain. Although the U.K. entered into a trade and cooperation agreement with the EU on December 24, 2020 that provides for, among other things, the free movement of goods between the U.K. and the EU, continued legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations in relation to financial laws and regulations, tax and free trade agreements, immigration laws and employment laws may adversely affect economic or market conditions in the U.K., Europe or globally, which could contribute to instability in global financial and foreign exchange markets, including volatility in the value of the British pound, or the euro, which could negatively affect our revenues and the broader economic environment on which our business and industry depend.
The U.K.’s departure from the EU and the terms of the future relationship between the U.K. and the EU could significantly impact the business environment in which we and our clients operate, increase the costs of conducting business in both the U.K. and the EU, impair or prohibit access to EU clients, create challenges in attracting or retaining non-British EU employees and introduce significant new uncertainties with respect to the legal and regulatory requirements to which we and our clients are subject. In particular, Brexit could significantly affect the regulatory landscape in both the U.K. and the EU and may have a material impact on their respective economies, which could have a materially adverse impact on us despite our international client base.
Failure to retain our existing senior management team or the inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could materially adversely affect our ability to operate or grow our business.
The success of our business depends upon the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers, particularly Joshua Peirez, our Chief Executive Officer and Director and Lou Paglia, our President and Chief Operating Officer. There is a risk that either of Messrs. Peirez or Paglia could leave the Company at any time, subject to certain notice requirements, although each is subject to post-termination restrictive covenants including non-compete covenants. Further, volatility in our stock price could negatively impact the value of executive officer equity awards and our ability to retain talent of key employees and executives. Although we have invested in succession planning, the loss of key members of our senior management team could nevertheless have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Should we lose the services of any member of our senior management team, we would have to conduct a search for a qualified replacement. This search may be prolonged, and we may not be able to locate and hire a qualified replacement.
Our business also depends on our ability to continue to attract, motivate and retain a large number of highly qualified personnel in order to support our clients and achieve business results. There is a limited pool of employees who have the requisite skills, training and education. Identifying, recruiting, training, integrating and retaining qualified personnel requires significant time, expense and attention, and the market for qualified personnel, particularly those with experience in background screening, has become increasingly competitive as an increasing number of companies seek to enhance their positions in the markets we serve. Our inability to attract, retain and motivate personnel with the requisite skills could impair our ability to develop new products and services, enhance our existing products and services, grow our client base, enter into new markets or manage our business effectively.
Increases in labor costs, potential labor disputes and work stoppages or an inability to hire skilled personnel could materially adversely affect our business.
An increase in labor costs, including as a result of the rising rate of inflation that the U.S. is currently experiencing, work stoppages or disruptions at our officers or those of our service providers, or other labor disruptions, could decrease our revenue and increase our expenses. In addition, although our employees are not represented by a union, our labor force may become subject to labor union organizing efforts, which could cause us to incur additional labor costs and increase the related risks that we now face. It is also possible that a union seeking to organize one subset of our employee population could also mount a corporate campaign, resulting in negative publicity or other actions that require attention by our management team and our employees. Negative publicity, work stoppages, or strikes by unions could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.
The competition for skilled sales and other personnel can be intense in the regions in which our offices are located. A significant increase in the salaries and wages paid in these regions or by competing employers could result in a reduction of our labor force, increases in the salaries and wages that we must pay or both, which may also increase our operating costs. If we are unable to hire skilled manufacturing, sales and other personnel or retain our existing personnel, our ability to execute our business plan, and our results of operations, would suffer.
Our ability to conduct our business may be materially adversely affected by unforeseen or catastrophic events. In addition, our operations, including in the U.S., Europe, India and the Philippines, are heavily concentrated in particular areas and may be adversely affected by events in those areas.
We may incur losses as a result of unforeseen or catastrophic events, including fire, natural disasters, extreme weather events, power loss, telecommunications failure, software or hardware malfunctions, theft, cyber-attacks, war, terrorist attacks or other military conflicts (such as the ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East). In addition, employee misconduct or error could expose us to significant liability, losses, regulatory sanctions and reputational harm. Misconduct or error by employees could include engaging in improperly using confidential information or engaging in improper or unauthorized activities or transactions. These unforeseen or catastrophic events could adversely affect our clients’ levels of business activity and precipitate sudden significant changes in regional and global economic conditions and cycles. Certain of these events also pose significant risks to our employees and our physical facilities and operations around the world, whether the facilities are ours or those of our third-party service providers or clients. If our systems were to fail or be negatively affected as a result of an unforeseen or catastrophic event, our business functions could be interrupted, our ability to make our products and services available to our clients could be impaired and we could lose critical data. If we are unable to develop adequate plans to ensure that our business functions continue to operate during and after an unforeseen or catastrophic event, and successfully execute on those plans should such an event occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation could be materially harmed.
In addition, although we believe our virtual-first policy has reduced our geographic concentration while it has broadened our exposure to multiple geographies, our U.S. operations are heavily concentrated in the New York metropolitan area, our European operations are heavily concentrated in London, England, Swansea, Wales and Wroclaw, Poland, our Indian operations are heavily concentrated in Mumbai and our Philippine operations are heavily concentrated in Manila. Any event that affects these geographic areas could particularly affect our ability to operate our business.
If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect or change significantly, our results of operations could be harmed.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, and equity and the amount of sales and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our results of operations may be harmed if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors and could result in a decline in our stock price.
Expectations relating to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) considerations could expose us to potential liabilities, increased costs and reputational harm.
Governmental authorities, non-governmental organizations, customers, investors, external stakeholders and employees are increasingly sensitive to ESG considerations, such as diversity and inclusion, sustainability, climate
change, cyber-security and data privacy. This focus on ESG considerations may lead to increased compliance costs associated with running our business. Responding to ESG concerns, implementing ESG initiatives and achieving ESG goals involves risks and uncertainties, requires investment, and depends in part on third-party performance or data that is outside of our control. We risk negative stockholder reaction, including from proxy advisory services, as well as damage to our brands and reputation, if we fail, or are perceived to fail, to adhere to our public statements about ESG matters, comply fully with developing interpretations of ESG laws and regulations or meet evolving and varied stakeholder expectations and standards. In addition, some stakeholders may disagree with our ESG goals and initiatives. If we do not meet the evolving and varied ESG expectations of our customers, investors and other stakeholders, we could experience reduced demand for our products and services, loss of customers and other negative effects on our business, results of operations and the market price of our common stock, and could be exposed to government enforcement actions or private litigation.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 1C. Cybersecurity.
As our technology-enabled background and identity verification services involve the collection and transmission of confidential and sensitive information of our clients and their users and existing and potential employees, managing cybersecurity risks is a key component of our enterprise risk management plan. We have a comprehensive risk management and governance strategy in place to assess, identify and manage cybersecurity risks to our business and our proprietary technology platform.
Risk Management and Strategy
Our cybersecurity program is designed to protect our information systems from cybersecurity threats and to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of systems and information used, owned or managed by the Company related to our employees, our clients and their users and existing and potential employees. This involves a comprehensive and ongoing effort to protect against, detect and respond to cybersecurity threats and vulnerabilities. Our cybersecurity program includes a number of components, such as:
•policies, procedures and protocols concerning information security and data protection;
•regular employee security awareness trainings;
•regular employee “phishing” trainings;
•regular third-party audits of our cybersecurity program;
•an incident response plan that sets forth the steps to be taken following an actual or suspected cybersecurity incident or other data-related event;
•periodic tabletop exercises associated with our incident response plan and processes; and
•tools designed to detect and prevent cybersecurity incidents.
As part of our enterprise risk management program, we use the results of both internal and external information security audits, and data associated with our analysis of cybersecurity metrics within our information technology environment to inform and direct our overall cybersecurity strategy. Each year, we engage auditors to perform recognized standard audits related to cybersecurity, including a System and Organization Controls (“SOC”) 2 review to test our information technology system internal controls. In addition, we engage other third-parties, from time to time and on an as needed basis, in the performance of tests and assessments associated with the cybersecurity of our operating environment. We maintain a centrally-managed third-party risk management process that includes a cybersecurity assessment performed during the procurement process and periodically thereafter of third-party service providers that may have access to sensitive information and/or systems, or applications that we have determined to be important to our operations.
Material Effects from Risks of Cybersecurity Threats
From time to time, we experience data and cybersecurity incidents. To date, we have not experienced any risks from cybersecurity threats (including as a result of prior incidents) that have materially affected or to our knowledge are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company, including our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. Any future actual or perceived cybersecurity incidents, including the failure to protect the confidentiality, integrity, availability and privacy of our data and electronic transactions, or any misuse of our information services by our clients, employees, vendors or hackers, could cause significant harm to our business and reputation and result in significant liability. Such liability could include harm to our brand and reputation and cause us to lose existing clients and market share and fail to win new clients, and may require
expenditure of significant costs and operational consequences in connection with investigating, mitigating, remediating, eliminating, and putting in place additional measures designed to prevent future actual or perceived cybersecurity incidents.
Governance
Role of Management
Our Technology & Security Team, which is led by our Chief Technology Officer (“CTO”), Ivneet Kaur, oversees our cybersecurity program. Ms. Kaur has over 20-years’ experience in leading global technology & security teams, including in the financial services and consumer reporting industries. She holds a Masters degree in Engineering Management from the University of College Park, Maryland and a Masters in Software Systems from Kurukshetra University in India. Members of our Technology & Security Team hold industry certifications such as CISSP, Security+, and GIAC.
Under our incident response plan, the Technology & Security Team is tasked with identifying and responding to actual or suspected cybersecurity incidents or other data-related events, as well as escalating qualifying incidents and events to a cross-functional leadership team, which includes representation from Technology, Security, Privacy and executive leadership, including our Chief Legal & Risk Officer. The leadership team is responsible for supervising incident response, remediation and compliance with any notification and disclosure obligations with respect to any incidents that have been escalated in accordance with our incident response plan. The Technology & Security Team conducts regular security assessments and employee security awareness trainings and tracks cybersecurity events through the preparation of quarterly status reports and metrics. The team presents these reports and metrics, together with additional internal metrics associated with the status of the Company’s cybersecurity program and updates on the status associated with enterprise risk mitigation for technology-based programs, including cybersecurity initiatives, to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) at least bi-annually. Additionally, the Company’s Enterprise Risk Management Team (“ERM Team”), which is responsible for assisting the Company in identifying, assessing, managing, mitigating and reporting on top enterprise risks (including cybersecurity risks), provides updates to the Audit Committee at least bi-annually.
Role of the Board of Directors
Our Board has delegated responsibility for overseeing our technology, cybersecurity and data privacy programs and controls to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee evaluates the adequacy of the Company’s technology and cybersecurity (including data protection) programs, with the CTO. The CTO provides periodic updates concerning the Company’s technology and cybersecurity programs (including data protection) to the full Board on an annual basis.
Item 2. Properties.
As of September 2020, we moved to a virtual-first approach where possible. We currently lease our corporate headquarters in Independence, Ohio, which occupies 5,469 square feet. We also lease offices in California and Oregon as well as maintain office locations in Australia, Canada, China, Hong Kong, India, Malaysia, the Netherlands, the Philippines, Poland, United Arab Emirates and the U.K. We believe these facilities are suitable for our current operations and upon the expiration of the terms of the leases, we believe we could renew these leases or find suitable space elsewhere on acceptable terms. By optimizing virtual-first, we are focusing our investment, energy, and commitment to ensure that we create the same driven and connected culture that we saw in our offices.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, we believe would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or liquidity. Information regarding our legal proceedings can be found in Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information
Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “STER.” As of February 29, 2024, the closing price of our common stock on the Nasdaq was $15.67 per share.
Holders
As of February 28, 2024, we had 2,866 holders of record of our common stock. The number of record holders was determined from the records of our transfer agent and does not include beneficial owners of common stock whose shares are held in the name of various security brokers, dealers and registered clearing agencies. The transfer agent of our common stock is Equiniti Trust Co. (formerly American Stock Transfer & Trust Company), 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends to stockholders in the foreseeable future. In addition, any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as our board of directors deem relevant.
Performance Graph
The graph below compares the relative investment performance of Sterling Check Corp. common stock, the Russell 2000 Index and a peer index representing the total price change of HireRight Holdings Corporation and First Advantage Corporation for the period September 23, 2021 to December 31, 2023, assuming a $100 cash investment at the market close on September 23, 2021 and reinvestment of dividends at date of payment into the common stock. The graph, presented pursuant to SEC rules, is not meant to be an indication of our future performance.
_________________________
(1)The performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Period | | Total Number of Shares Purchased(1) (a) | | Average Price Paid per Share(1) (b) | | Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs(2) (c) | | Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs(2) (d) (in thousands) |
10/01/2023 to 10/31/2023 | | 738,826 | | | $ | 12.73 | | | 681,341 | | | $ | 31,740 | |
11/01/2023 to 11/30/2023 | | 600,478 | | | 11.68 | | | 596,546 | | | 24,786 | |
12/01/2023 to 12/31/2023 | | 588,514 | | | 13.23 | | | 487,883 | | | 18,335 | |
Total | | 1,927,818 | | | | | 1,765,770 | | | |
_________________________
(1)During the three months ended December 31, 2023, we received 162,048 shares of our common stock that were surrendered by employees in payment for the minimum required withholding taxes due on the vesting of restricted stock awards. In the above table, these shares are included in columns (a) and (b), but excluded from columns (c) and (d). These shares do not reduce the number of shares that may yet be purchased under our share repurchase program.
(2)On November 23, 2022, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million of our shares of common stock over a period through December 31, 2024. The share repurchase program is expected to be funded through our existing cash and future free cash flow. The share repurchase program is being executed on a discretionary basis through open market repurchases, private transactions, or other transactions, including through block trades and Rule 10b-18 and Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. We are not obligated to repurchase any specific number of shares, and the timing and amount of any share repurchases will be subject to several factors including share price, trading volume, market conditions, and capital allocation priorities. The share repurchase program may be suspended, terminated or modified without notice at any time. We have suspended share repurchases of our common stock under the share repurchase program pending consummation of the Merger.
Item 6. [Reserved]
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and other information included elsewhere in this Annual Report. For a similar detailed discussion comparing the year ended December 31, 2022 to the year ended December 31, 2021, refer to Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to those differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Numerical figures included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them. In addition, we may round certain percentages presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the nearest whole number. As a result, figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, when aggregated, may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.
Overview
Sterling Check Corp. (the “Company,” “Sterling,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is a leading global provider of technology-enabled background and identity verification services. We provide the foundation of trust and safety that our clients need to create great environments for their most essential resource—people. We offer a comprehensive hiring and risk management solution that begins with identity verification, followed by criminal background screening, credential verification, drug and health screening, processing of employee documentation required for onboarding and ongoing risk monitoring. Our services are generally delivered through our purpose-built, proprietary, cloud-based technology platform that empowers organizations with real-time and data-driven insights to conduct and manage their employment screening programs efficiently and effectively. Our clients face a dynamic and rapidly evolving global labor market with increasing complexity and regulatory requirements. We believe that our services and platform enable organizations to make more informed employment decisions, improve workplace safety, protect their brand and mitigate risk. As a result, we believe our solutions are mission-critical to our clients’ core human resources, risk management and compliance functions. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, we completed over 103 million searches for over 50,000 clients, including nearly 60% of the Fortune 100 and over 50% of the Fortune 500.
Our client-centric approach underpins everything we do. We serve a diverse and global client base in a wide range of industries, such as healthcare, gig economy, financial and business services, industrials, retail, contingent, technology, media and entertainment, transportation and logistics, hospitality, education and government. Employers are facing numerous challenges, including complex and changing legal and regulatory requirements, a rise in fraudulent job applications, a growing spotlight on reputation and a more complex global workforce. Successfully navigating these challenges requires an industry-specific perspective, given differing candidate profiles, economics, competitive dynamics and regulatory demands. To serve these differing needs, our sales and support delivery model is organized around teams dedicated to specific industries (“Verticals”) and geographic markets (“Regions”). Our delivery model provides our clients with both the personal touch and consultative partnership of a small boutique firm and the global reach, scale, innovation and resources of an industry leader. Additionally, this delivery model supports our principle of “Compliance by Design”, enabling clients to maintain compliance globally. We believe the combination of our deep market expertise from our sales and support combined with the flexibility of our proprietary technology platform enable us to deliver industry-relevant, highly specialized solutions to our clients in a scalable manner, driving growth and differentiating us from our competitors.
We offer an extensive suite of global products addressing a wide range of complex client needs, and we see compelling opportunities to continue extending our operating presence in other geographies. We believe we have a unique ability to translate client needs into superior local market solutions through a combination of portfolio depth and breadth, local know-how and language capabilities. Additionally, we view a targeted, disciplined approach to strategic mergers and acquisitions (“M&A”) as highly complementary to our other key growth objectives, compounding and/or accelerating related opportunities. Through our investments in technology, we have established a unified platform, allowing us to quickly integrate targets and drive synergies. Our core platform processes approximately 80% of our global revenue. We expect to continue to increase the revenue processed on
our core platform in 2024. We expect Sterling’s proven track record of M&A—with 13 acquisitions over the last 12 years—to continue to support and elevate the various layers of our future growth profile.
Throughout our more than 45-year operating history, innovation and self-disruption have been at the core of what we do every day. Our history of unique, industry-oriented market insights allows us to be at the forefront of innovation which includes multiple industry-leading solutions. For example, we pioneered criminal fulfillment technology (CourtDirect), arrest record and incarceration alert products, post-hire monitoring capabilities, artificial intelligence-enhanced record review and validation process and the industry’s only proprietary technology in a single-sourced U.S.-nationwide fingerprint network. Our commitment to innovation has continued with the recent development of enhanced global language support capabilities, a cloud-based operating platform, our exclusive partnership with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. serving as their fingerprint services provider, and a comprehensive global identity verification solution through our partnership with ID.me in the U.S. and Yoti internationally. Enabled by our market leadership and platform investments, we have established a foundation and roadmap for future innovation which includes industry-specific products, growing our Identity-as-a-Service capabilities and further geographic expansion.
As part of our journey of growth and optimization, we continue to refine our corporate strategy and are committed to our goal of delivering stockholder value by executing on the growth opportunities in front of us. We have a number of key execution elements to help us achieve our goals, including increasing our revenues with existing clients, acquiring new clients, growing market share internationally, and utilizing M&A to supplement our organic revenue growth. We believe we are differentiated from competitors and well-positioned to achieve our goal of being the world’s most trusted background and identity services company due to our deep market expertise, unrivaled client service, best-in-class data, and seamless workflows. In 2023, we continued our focus on cost savings targets through a three-pillar approach. First, through Project Nucleus, which we launched at the end of 2022, an initiative to drive meaningful cost savings and efficiency gains, with the goal to enhance our organization by re-engineering processes, driving fulfillment cost reductions and identifying and executing on additional automation opportunities. Second, we are reducing our facilities costs by leaning more into our virtual-first approach and reducing our real estate and facilities footprint. Third, we are focused on continued enhancement of our functional alignment by streamlining our organization to align with the go-to-market structure that we established in 2022.
Recent Developments
M&A Activity
On February 28, 2024, we entered into a Merger Agreement with First Advantage and Merger Sub. The Merger Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Merger Sub will be merged with and into Sterling, with Sterling continuing as the surviving corporation in the Merger and becoming an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of First Advantage. Upon the effective time of the Merger, each share of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger will be converted into the right to receive, at the election of the holder of such share of common stock, and subject to proration in accordance with the Merger Agreement: (i) the Cash Consideration, or (ii) the Stock Consideration. The election will be subject to a proration mechanism, such that the total number of shares of our common stock entitled to receive the Cash Consideration will be equal to 72%, and the total number of shares of our common stock entitled to receive the Stock Consideration will be equal to 28%, of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger. Following the consummation of the Merger, our stockholders are expected to own approximately 16% of the combined company, and current First Advantage stockholders are expected to own approximately 84% of the combined company. The transaction has been unanimously approved by the boards of directors of both companies and is expected to close in approximately the third quarter of 2024, with the closing and timing thereof subject to required regulatory approvals, clearances, and other customary closing conditions. See Part I, Item 1. “Business—Sterling Overview” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
On January 2, 2024, we acquired the equity interests of Vault Workforce Screening, a leading US clinic management platform, for approximately $70.0 million, bringing a network of 17,000 clinics and a flexible service model to enhance our existing drug and health services.
Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Performance
Macroeconomic and Job Environment
Our business is impacted by the overall economic environment and our clients’ hiring volumes. Despite fluctuations in the macroeconomic environment, we have benefited recently from a number of key demand drivers, many of which increase the need for more flexible, comprehensive screening and hiring solutions.
The American gig economy and contingent workforce accounts for a large and growing proportion of the U.S. workforce. As the gig economy caters to clients in a very direct and personal way (e.g., rideshare, goods delivery, household services), safe and effective background screening capabilities have become critical. In addition, generational and structural shifts in the workforce have led to elevated levels of voluntary employee churn, particularly with younger workers. The ongoing structural shift from in-office to remote work further reduces the historical geographic matching challenge employers and employees faced, further reducing switching costs for employees and expanding talent pools for employers. Further, the proliferation of personal data has exposed many identities to risk of exposure and theft, driving the need for identity verification. Verifying identity is a powerful tool that employers can use to help ensure that their candidates and workers are who they claim to be, and that fraudulent data is not used during the hiring and onboarding process. As false claims within job applications are an area of growing concern for employers, our clients use our background and identification verification services to mitigate reputational risks.
Background screening is also gaining broader adoption outside the U.S. Globally, companies are consistently competing for the best talent, regardless of location, and are therefore putting greater emphasis on reducing time-to-hire in a compliant manner as well as creating a positive onboarding experience for the candidate. Additionally, the international expansion of U.S.-based global companies and their desire to offer centralized and comparable hiring practices has introduced the benefits of background screening to foreign markets. Our ability to navigate the complexities of international background checks and verifying foreign credentials drives demand for our products and services.
Our clients are increasingly utilizing ongoing post-hire screening. This allows for greater mobility and safety for remote, onsite and contingent jobs and also ensures prompt risk warnings on any changes to an employee’s profile, including any criminal activity, drug use or health changes and compliance with on-going certification and licensing requirements, amongst others. This has further accelerated demand for our screening products and services.
In the latter half of the third quarter of 2022, base growth began to moderate due to macroeconomic uncertainty related to factors including inflation, monetary policy and fiscal policy. This moderation continued throughout 2023 during which we experienced a year-over-year decline in base business with our existing clients that offset positive trends in other revenue drivers, including growth from new clients, up-sell and cross-sell and retention. The ongoing macroeconomic factors have caused uncertainty among our clients and general populace of a future economic downturn or recession. Given the uncertain conditions, it is challenging to predict the hiring and turnover trends of our clients.
Effects of Inflation
As a result of inflation and other macroeconomic factors, we have experienced declines in base business growth with our existing clients. If inflation continues or worsens, it could further negatively impact us by increasing our operating expenses. For example, inflation may lead to cost increases in multiple areas across our business, including the cost of labor. Further, inflation may also cause our customers to reduce their use of our products and services. To the extent that we are unable to pass on these costs through increased prices, revised budget estimates or offset them otherwise, or that we experience lower demand from our customers due to inflation, the rising rate of inflation may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
New Product and Service Development
Our success depends on our ability to develop new products and services and introduce technological enhancements for our current products and services that meet the demands of existing and new clients. We have a robust new product roadmap focused on enhancing our ability to address the constantly evolving needs of our clients and their candidates.
As part of our strategic transformation, in early 2019, we launched Project Ignite, a three-phase strategic investment initiative, to create a cloud-native enterprise-class global platform. The investment, completed by early 2023, migrated our corporate technological infrastructure to the cloud and unified our clients on a single global production platform. Following Project Ignite, in 2023, we continued to make significant strides in further enhancing our client and candidate experience, delivered multiple new products to market and optimized and increased efficiency of our operations via smart use of technology. Measurable results included increasing the speed and predictability of product delivery, accelerating M&A time to value with successful integrations, applying advanced automation to improve criminal checks and verification processing, and enhancing network and endpoint security as
well as privileged access management. We have a strong foundation of people, process and technical maturity to support our future roadmaps and go-forward strategy.
Over the long term, we expect these investments to further enhance our margins, improve time to market and allow us to increase innovation. We intend to continue to invest in developing industry-first solutions, further innovating in our existing Verticals and Regions as well as pursuing adjacent market opportunities that leverage our existing technology platform. We plan to pursue new and under-penetrated adjacent market opportunities, including talent assessment, reference checking, onboarding and investigative due diligence.
Clients
Our results of operations depend on our ability to retain existing clients, offer new products and services to existing clients, attract new clients and maintain a diverse client base. We serve the background and identity verification services needs of more than 50,000 clients. Our client base is diversified in size of client and industry and includes nearly 60% of the Fortune 100 and over 50% of the Fortune 500. We have minimal client concentration with no client accounting for more than 3% of revenue, and our top 25 clients accounting for less than 20% of revenue. We serve the healthcare, gig, financial and business services, industrials, retail, contingent, technology, media and entertainment, transportation and logistics, hospitality, education and government industries. We employ an operating model organized by Vertical and Region that produces differentiated end-market insights and allows us to tailor solutions to meet the needs of each industry we serve.
A majority of our U.S. enterprise client contracts are exclusive to Sterling or require Sterling to be used as the primary provider. Additionally, they are typically multi-year agreements with automatic renewal terms, no termination for convenience clauses and set pricing with Sterling’s right to increase prices annually upon notice, including the ability to increase pass-through costs to our clients with 30 days’ notice. Our success is driven by a competitive service offering of fast, reliable, and accurate screening information delivered on a cost-effective basis. Additionally, our offerings are tightly integrated with our clients’ ATSs and HCM systems, further cementing our services into our clients’ daily human resources (“HR”) workflows. Taken together, these factors have yielded strong client relationships with an average tenure of more than nine years across our top 100 clients based on 2023 and 2022 total revenue.
Our ability to retain our existing clients and attract new clients will depend on our ability to continue to deliver superior client service and on the quality of the products and services that we provide, including the accuracy and speed of the background checks that we perform and the protection of the data we collect. We have demonstrated improvement in our gross retention rate for five consecutive years, which was 96% for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Regulatory Environment
Our business is subject to extensive regulations in the U.S. and internationally, which may expose us to significant regulatory risk and cause additional legal costs to ensure compliance. See Part I, Item 1. “Business—Regulation.” We are subject to a number of laws and regulations regarding protection of the security and privacy of certain healthcare and personal information. While the overarching principles of security and privacy laws and regulations are similar across geographies, the specific laws within each region are not uniform and are often evolving, placing increasingly complicated operational requirements on our business.
However, under certain circumstances, regulation may increase demand for our products and services, and we believe we are well positioned to benefit from any potential increased screenings due to regulatory changes as clients seek products and services that meet regulatory requirements and solutions that help them comply with their regulatory obligations. A growing number of laws and regulations has led to greater complexities and potential legal liabilities related to hiring and workforce management policies that are increasingly difficult to navigate for employers. In response, our clients are increasing their focus on compliance functions to ensure they are meeting these changing legal and regulatory demands.
Competitive Environment
The market for global background and identity verification services is highly fragmented and competitive. Based on April 2022 Acclaro data, no single private or public firm possesses a market share of greater than 10%. We compete with a diverse group of screening companies, including global full-suite players characterized by their global scale and enterprise offerings; mid-tier players that tend to focus on a particular geographic region, industry or product line; and small and independently-owned background screening players that typically serve SMBs. It is also possible that new competitors or alliances or consolidation among competitors may emerge and significantly increase competition. We expect our market to remain highly competitive.
We believe that reporting accurate information and maintaining security of sensitive information are two fundamental requirements to compete successfully as a reputable background screening provider. We also compete on the basis of a number of factors, including: the technology-enabled, ease-of-use, level of functionality and end-to-end efficiency of our solution; our ability to integrate with client systems and major software applications; the breadth and geographical reach of our service offerings; the speed of our screening results; pricing and return on investment for our clients; and our successful track record and reference base with similarly situated companies. See Part I, Item 1. “Business—Competition” for more detail on our competitors.
Technology and Cybersecurity Environment
We operate in industries that are subject to rapid technological advances and changing client needs and preferences. In order to remain competitive and responsive to client demands, we continually upgrade, enhance, and expand our security, technology, products and services. If we experience cyber-threats and attempted security breaches or fail to respond successfully to technology challenges and client needs and preferences, our ability to service clients may be affected and the demand for our products and services may diminish. If these threats or breaches were successful, they could impact revenue and operating income and increase costs. We therefore continue to make investments, which may result in increased costs, to strengthen our cybersecurity measures.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Environment
We earn revenues, pay expenses, hold assets and incur liabilities in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates can affect our results of operations from period to period. In particular, fluctuations in exchange rates for non-U.S. dollar currencies may reduce the U.S. dollar value of revenues, earnings and cash flows we receive from non-U.S. markets, increase our operating expenses (as measured in U.S. dollars) in those markets, negatively impact our competitiveness in those markets or otherwise adversely impact our results of operations or financial condition. Key currencies affecting our results of operations at this time are the Canadian dollar (CAD), Euro (EUR), British pound (GBP), Australian dollar (AUD), Indian rupee (INR) and Philippine peso (PHP). As we expand into other markets, other currencies may become relevant. Future fluctuations of foreign currency exchange rates and their impact on our results of operations and financial condition are inherently uncertain. As we continue to pursue growth of our global operations, these fluctuations may be material. See “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Foreign Currency and Derivative Risk.”
Operational Enablement
We successfully execute a virtual operating model and nearly all of our employees around the globe are working remotely. Operating in a virtual model has required us to hire employees remotely, train them virtually and expand our network capabilities.
Revenue and Sales Generation
Our lack of industry concentration with a highly diversified client base provides a natural hedge against industry-specific effects as demonstrated by our performance during and subsequent to the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, due to our increased investment in automation, we believe we are better able to retain the ability to fulfill searches and continue operations in periods of mandated shut downs and uncertain economic conditions.
Cost Optimization and Cash Management
We continually evaluate cost reduction measures across the organization, reducing selling, general and administrative expenses. We recognized this as an opportunity to implement strategic structural changes to improve operating leverage and accelerate the modernization of our technological infrastructure. We continue to operate in a virtual-first environment and have closed or reduced the size of 24 offices globally to date since 2020. We have reduced our data center footprint to prioritize moving our revenue to platforms hosted in the cloud and streamlined our sales and operations organization for greater operational efficiency. We derived additional cost savings from reducing variable spending, such as bonus expense, lower commissions, and lower marketing, travel, and entertainment expenses.
Recent Accounting Standards Updates
Emerging Growth Company
The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2021 permits us, as an “emerging growth company,” to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public
companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for private companies.
We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the IPO; (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur as of the last day of a fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such fiscal year, which threshold was not exceeded as of June 30, 2023.
Refer to Note 3, “Recent Accounting Standards Updates” of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information about recent accounting pronouncements.
Components of Our Results of Operations
The following discussion summarizes the key components of our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). We have one operating and reportable segment.
Revenues
We generate revenue by providing identity verification and background services to our clients. We have an attractive business model underpinned by stable and highly recurring transactional revenues, significant operating leverage and low capital requirements that contribute to strong cash flow generation. We recognize revenue under the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic No.606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”). Under ASC 606, we recognize revenue when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to clients, generally at a point in time, in an amount that reflects the consideration that we are entitled to for those goods or services. A majority of our enterprise client contracts are exclusive to Sterling or require Sterling to be used as the primary provider. Additionally, they are typically multi-year agreements with automatic renewal terms, no termination for convenience clauses and set pricing with Sterling’s right to increase prices annually upon notice, including the ability to increase pass-through costs to our clients with 30 days’ notice. The strength of our contracts combined with our high levels of client retention results in a high degree of revenue visibility.
Our revenue drivers are acquiring new clients (measured by new client growth), growing our existing client base through retaining existing clients (measured by gross retention rate), and growing our existing client relationships through upselling, cross-selling, and organic and inorganic growth in our client’s operations that lead to an increase in hiring (measured by base business growth with existing clients). The aforementioned metrics are calculated as discussed in the following paragraph.
New client growth for the relevant period is calculated as revenues from clients that are in the first twelve months of billing with Sterling divided by total revenues from the prior period, expressed as a percentage. Existing client growth is defined as: (i) base business with existing clients due to increased or decreased volumes, which is calculated as change in revenues in the current period from clients that have been billing with us for longer than twelve calendar months, plus (ii) additional revenue from cross-sell and up-sell, net of (iii) attrition, which is the revenue impact from accounts considered lost. Existing client growth is expressed as a percentage, where the denominator is total revenues from the prior period. Gross retention rate is a percentage, the numerator of which is prior period revenues less the revenue impact from accounts considered lost and the denominator is prior period revenues. The revenue impact is calculated as revenue decline of lost accounts in the relevant period from the prior period for the months after they were considered lost. Therefore, the attrition impact of clients lost in the current year may be partially captured in both the current and following period’s retention rates depending on what point during the period they are lost. Our gross retention rate does not factor in the revenue impact, whether growth or decline, attributable to existing clients or the incremental revenue impact of new clients.
In addition to organic growth through the drivers mentioned above, we may from time to time consider acquisitions that drive growth in our business. In those instances, inorganic growth will refer to the revenue from acquisitions for the twelve months following an acquisition. Any incremental revenue generation thereafter will be considered organic growth.
Our revenues come from the following services which are sold as a bundle or individually, with revenue recognized at the time of delivery of background screening reports.
•Identity Verification – Leveraging innovative technologies in fingerprinting, facial recognition and ID validation to verify that candidates are who they say they are.
•Background Checks – County, state and federal criminal checks fulfilled through proprietary automation technology enabling global criminal screening capabilities in over 240 countries and territories. Other services include credit checks, civil checks, motor vehicle registration confirmation, and social media checks.
•Credential Verification – Thorough employment and education verification services, and licensing certification backed by a powerful fulfillment engine.
•Drug and Health Screening – Comprehensive, accurate, and fast drug and health screening services through a network of approximately 20,000 collection sites supporting the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration in the U.S.
•Onboarding – Custom forms including I-9 and eVerify employment eligibility, tax withholding forms and Equal Employment Opportunity disclosure forms, with built-in compliance and dynamic validation.
•Post-Hire Monitoring – Continuous screening allowing for greater mobility and safety for remote, onsite and contingent jobs and also ensuring prompt risk warnings on any changes to an employee’s profile.
Operating Expenses
Our cost structure is flexible and provides us with operational leverage to be able to effectively adapt to changing client needs and broader economic events. Additionally, in 2023, we implemented strategic structural changes in our business to improve operating leverage and accelerate modernizing our technological infrastructure including increasing the use of robotics process automation and leveraging artificial intelligence. These changes have allowed us to optimize processes, reduce manual touch points and improve productivity of our internal teams and experience of our customers. We moved to a virtual-first strategy in 2020 and began to close or reduce the size of other offices globally and reduce our data center footprint as we executed moving our revenue to the cloud and streamlined our sales and operations organization for greater operational efficiency. Due to the success to date of the virtual-first strategy, we continued our real estate consolidation efforts to exit or reduce the size of remaining offices during 2023. In the second quarter of 2023, we closed our former principal executive office and headquarters in New York and moved our headquarters to an existing administrative office in Ohio and closed or reduced the size of additional offices. As of December 31, 2023, we have closed or reduced the size of 24 offices globally since we launched our virtual first strategy.
As part of our refreshed strategy, in 2022, we began executing on a restructuring program to realign senior leadership and functions and streamline our organization, with the goal of elevating our go-to-market strategy and accelerating our technology and product innovation. At the end of 2022, we also launched Project Nucleus which we expect to drive meaningful cost savings and efficiency gains in our cost of revenues. This initiative enhances our organization by re-engineering processes, driving fulfillment cost reductions and identifying and executing on additional automation opportunities. In any given period, operating expenses are driven by the amount of revenue, mix of clients and products, and impact of automation, productivity, and procurement initiatives. While we expect operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars to support our continued growth, we believe that operating expenses will decline gradually as a percentage of total revenues in the future as we expect our business to grow and our operating scale to continue to improve.
Operating expenses include the following costs:
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues includes costs related to delivery of services and includes third-party vendor costs associated with acquisition of data and to a lesser extent, costs related to our onshore and offshore fulfillment teams and facilities and hosting costs for our cloud-based platforms. Our ability to grow profitably depends on our ability to manage our cost structure. Our costs are affected by third-party costs including government fees and data vendor costs, as these third parties have discretion to adjust pricing.
Third-party data costs include amounts paid to third parties for access to government records, other third-party data and services, as well as costs related to our court runner network. Third-party costs of services are largely variable in nature. Where applicable, these are typically invoiced to our clients as direct pass-through costs.
Cost of revenues also includes salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense for personnel involved in the processing and fulfillment of our screening products and solutions, as well as our client care organization, and facilities costs for our onshore and offshore fulfillment centers. Additional vendor costs are third-party costs for robotics process automation related to fulfillment, and third-party costs related to hosting our fulfillment platforms in the cloud. We do not allocate depreciation and amortization to cost of revenues.
Corporate Technology and Production Systems
Included in this line item are costs related to maintaining our corporate information technology infrastructure and non-capitalizable costs to develop and maintain our production systems.
Corporate information technology expenses consist of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, supporting internal operations such as information technology support and the maintenance of our information security and business continuity functions. Also included are third-party costs including cloud computing costs that support our corporate internal systems, software licensing and maintenance, telecommunications and other technology infrastructure costs.
Production systems costs consist of non-capitalizable personnel costs including contractor costs incurred for the development of platform and product initiatives, and production support and maintenance. Platform and product initiatives facilitate the development of our technology platform and the launch of new screening products. Production support and maintenance includes costs to support and maintain the technology underlying our existing screening products, and to enhance the ease of use for our cloud applications. Certain personnel costs related to new products and features are capitalized and amortization of these capitalized costs is included in the depreciation and amortization line item.
Included within Corporate technology and production systems are non-capitalizable production system and corporate information technology expenses related to Project Ignite, a three-phase strategic investment initiative. Phase one of Project Ignite modernized client and candidate experiences and is complete. Phase two of Project Ignite, which was completed in 2022, focused on decommissioning our on-premises data centers and migrating our production systems and corporate information technological infrastructure to a managed service provider in the cloud and resulted in approximately 98% of our revenue being processed through platforms hosted in the cloud and allows us to consistently maintain 99.9% platform availability while being prepared to scale into the future. Phase three of Project Ignite was decommissioning of platforms purchased over the prior ten years and the migration of the clients to one global platform. This third and final phase, which was completed in the first quarter of 2023, unified our clients onto a single global platform. Our core platform now processes approximately 80% of our global revenue. We expect to continue to increase the revenue processed on our core platform as a percent of global revenue in 2024.
Selling, General and Administrative
Selling expenses consist of personnel costs, travel expenses and other expenses for our client success, sales and marketing teams. Additionally, selling expenses include the cost of marketing and promotional events, corporate communications, and other brand-building activities. General and administrative expenses consist of personnel and related expenses for human resources, legal and compliance, finance, global shared services, and executives. Additional costs include professional fees, stock-based compensation, insurance premiums, and other corporate expenses.
While our selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses have increased over the last several years due to additional public company related reporting and compliance costs, we expect expenses to stabilize in the future as a result of strategic initiatives to drive operational efficiencies.
In addition, non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with special one-time bonus grants in connection with the IPO of options and restricted stock under our Sterling Check Corp. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (discussed in Note 15, “Stock-based Compensation” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K) began in the third quarter of 2021 and will continue over the following four years. Over the long term, we expect our SG&A expenses to decrease as a percentage of our revenue as we leverage our past investments.
Depreciation and Amortization
Definite-lived intangible assets consist of intangibles acquired through acquisition and the costs of developing internal-use software. They are amortized using a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives except for customer lists, to which we apply an accelerated method of amortization. The costs of developing internal-use software are capitalized during the application development stage. Amortization commences when the software is placed into service and is computed using the straight-line method over the useful life of the underlying software of three years.
Depreciation of our property and equipment is computed on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the assets, generally three to five years or, for leasehold improvements, the shorter of seven years or the term of the lease.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, such as property, equipment, operating leases right-of-use assets, and capitalized internal use software subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable, such as (i) a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which it is being used or in its physical condition, (ii) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate that could affect its value, or (iii) a current-period operation or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with its use. An asset is considered impaired if the carrying amount exceeds the undiscounted future net cash flows the asset is expected to generate. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds its fair value. The adjusted carrying amount of the asset becomes its new cost basis. For a depreciable long-lived asset, the new cost basis will be depreciated or amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less selling costs.
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense consists of interest, the amortization of loan discount and deferred financing fees on the outstanding debt, and includes proceeds received or settlements paid on our designated interest rate swaps.
On February 28, 2023, we entered into an amortizing $300.0 million notional value interest rate swap. The notional value steps down from $300.0 million to $150.0 million on February 27, 2026. The swap provides for us to pay, as applied to the notional value, a fixed rate of interest of 4.26% monthly and receive, on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the greater of the one-month term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) and a floor of (0.10%), as applied to the notional value (the “Floating Leg”). The interest rate swap matures on November 29, 2027.
Gain on Interest Rate Swaps
Gain on interest rate swaps consists of realized and unrealized gains or losses on our historical non-designated derivative interest rate swaps, which we entered into to reduce our exposure to variability in expected future cash flows on our previous credit agreement, which bore interest at a variable rate. Unrealized gains and losses result from changes in the fair value of the swap and realized gains and losses reflect the amounts payable or receivable between the fixed rate on the swap and the variable rate under the previous credit agreement. Our non-designated derivative interest rate swap expired in June 2022 and did not qualify for hedge accounting treatment.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
The loss on extinguishment of debt resulted from our credit agreement refinancing on November 29, 2022.
Income Tax Provision (Benefit)
Income tax provision (benefit) consists of domestic and foreign corporate income taxes related to earnings from our sale of services, with statutory tax rates that differ by jurisdiction. We expect the income earned by our international entities to grow over time as a percentage of total income, which may impact our effective income tax rate. However, our effective tax rate will be affected by many other factors including changes in tax laws, regulations or rates, new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, shifts in the allocation of income earned throughout the world, and changes in overall levels of income before tax.
Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2023 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2022
The following table sets forth certain historical consolidated and comparative financial information for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, | | Increase/ (Decrease) |
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) | 2023 | | 2022 | | $ | | % |
Revenues | $ | 719,640 | | | $ | 766,782 | | | $ | (47,142) | | | (6.1) | % |
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below) | 384,653 | | | 407,683 | | | (23,030) | | | (5.6) | % |
Corporate technology and production systems | 44,415 | | | 50,487 | | | (6,072) | | | (12.0) | % |
Selling, general and administrative | 173,755 | | | 175,459 | | | (1,704) | | | (1.0) | % |
Depreciation and amortization | 62,853 | | | 73,140 | | | (10,287) | | | (14.1) | % |
Impairments and disposals of long-lived assets | 7,371 | | | 1,008 | | | 6,363 | | | 631.3 | % |
Total operating expenses | 673,047 | | | 707,777 | | | (34,730) | | | (4.9) | % |
Operating income | 46,593 | | | 59,005 | | | (12,412) | | | (21.0) | % |
Interest expense, net | 36,233 | | | 29,547 | | | 6,686 | | | 22.6 | % |
Gain on interest rate swaps | — | | | (297) | | | 297 | | | N/M |
Other income | (1,891) | | | (2,034) | | | (143) | | | (7.0) | % |
Loss on extinguishment of debt | — | | | 3,673 | | | (3,673) | | | N/M |
Total other expense, net | 34,342 | | | 30,889 | | | 3,453 | | | 11.2 | % |
Income before income taxes | 12,251 | | | 28,116 | | | (15,865) | | | (56.4) | % |
Income tax provision | 12,367 | | | 8,706 | | | 3,661 | | | 42.1 | % |
Net (loss) income | $ | (116) | | | $ | 19,410 | | | (19,526) | | | (100.6) | % |
Net (loss) income margin | — | % | | 2.5 | % | | | | (250) bps |
Net income per share—basic | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.21 | | | $ | (0.21) | | | N/M |
Net income per share—diluted | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.20 | | | $ | (0.20) | | | N/M |
_________________________
N/M—Not meaningful.
Revenues
Revenues decreased by 6.1%, or $47.1 million, from $766.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $719.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The 6.1% decrease in revenue was driven by a 8.2% decrease in organic constant currency revenue and a 0.2% unfavorable impact from fluctuations in foreign currency, partially offset by 2.3% inorganic growth from the acquisitions of Socrates and A-Check. The organic revenue decrease reflected a decline in existing client business of approximately 14% including base business, cross-sell and up-sell, and net of attrition offset by new client growth of approximately 5%. Year-over-year decline in base business was driven by lower hiring volumes by our clients due to macroeconomic uncertainty. Our investments in technology and products, coupled with our best-in-class turnaround times and customer-first focus, enabled our gross retention rate to remain strong at approximately 96% for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Pricing was relatively stable across the periods and not meaningful to the change in revenues.
Total revenue in our U.S. business decreased 5.3% year-over-year. We experienced growth in our Healthcare Vertical, however, this growth was primarily offset by declines in our Financial and Business Services, Contingent and Tech and Media Verticals. Our international business experienced total revenue decline of 10.6% driven by a decline in base business combined with the unfavorable foreign exchange fluctuation.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues decreased by 5.6%, or $23.0 million, from $407.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $384.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. This was primarily driven by a $25.1 million decrease due to decreased volume partially offset by $1.7 million of higher costs of which $0.6 million was accelerated costs related to the completion of the Employment Background Investigations, Inc. (“EBI”) platform migration, and the remaining $1.1 million includes facilities costs due to accelerated rent and facilities costs for the closure of certain fulfillment centers in the second quarter of 2023 and higher third-party vendor costs as a percentage of revenue.
Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased by 30 basis points from 53.2% for the year ended December 31, 2022 to 53.5% for the year ended December 31, 2023 driven by the accelerated costs related to the completion of the EBI platform migration and rent and facilities costs recorded on decommissioned fulfillment centers and higher vendor and hosting costs as a percentage of revenue, because a proportion of costs are fixed.
Corporate Technology and Production Systems
Corporate technology and production systems decreased by 12.0%, or $6.1 million, from $50.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $44.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. These expenses include costs related to maintaining our corporate information technology infrastructure and non-capitalizable costs to develop and maintain our production systems.
Costs related to maintaining our corporate information technology infrastructure decreased by $5.7 million from $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to lower payroll and related expenses, lower telecommunications, consulting, software maintenance support and other expenses as a result of restructuring efforts. Costs to develop platform and product initiatives decreased slightly from $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Costs related to maintaining our production systems remained flat at $8.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
These expenses also include non-capitalizable costs related to Project Ignite. We incurred $3.7 million related to phase two and $10.7 million related to phase three during the year ended December 31, 2022 and $3.1 million related to phase three during the year ended December 31, 2023. The third and final phase of Project Ignite was completed in the first quarter of 2023. For more information about Project Ignite, please see “—Components of our Results of Operations—Operating Expenses—Corporate Technology and Production Systems.”
For the year ended December 31, 2023, corporate technology and production systems expenses also include $1.6 million of restructuring-related charges to support our strategy refresh and the execution against Project Nucleus.
Selling, General and Administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by 1.0%, or $1.7 million, from $175.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $173.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The year-over-year decrease was primarily driven by a $11.0 million decrease in payroll, bonus, commissions and other employee related costs due to reduction in headcount from restructuring efforts, a $4.7 million decrease in insurance, marketing, other professional fees and other operating expenses as a result of cost optimization efforts, a $3.2 million decrease of legal settlements impacting comparability and a $2.6 million decrease as a result of reassessing the estimated fair value of contingent consideration. These year-over year decreases were primarily offset by an increase in stock-based compensation of $10.2 million, a $5.1 million increase in restructuring related charges of which $3.6 million includes charges to support our strategy refresh and the execution against Project Nucleus, and $1.5 million relates to accelerated rent and facilities costs in connection with office closures. Additional year-over-year increases include $3.9 million in professional fees and transaction related expenses to support the Socrates, A-Check, and Vault acquisitions as well as the secondary public offering executed in June 2023.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by 14.1%, or $10.3 million, from $73.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $62.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $14.6 million decrease in intangible asset amortization resulting from assets being fully amortized and new intangible assets being added at lower rates compared to those which became fully amortized in the period. This year-over-year decrease was partially offset by a $5.0 million increase in amortization of intangible assets acquired as part of the Socrates and A-Check acquisitions.
Impairments and Disposals of Long-Lived Assets
Impairments and disposals of long-lived assets increased by $6.4 million from $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The impairments and disposals of long-lived assets during the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily resulted from a $5.3 million impairment charge on ROU assets and $2.1 million of asset disposals in connection with our real estate consolidation efforts.
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense increased by 22.6%, or $6.7 million, from $29.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $36.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to the increase in interest rates. The
realized gain or loss on interest rate swaps designated as hedging instruments that we entered into in February 2023 is included in interest expense. The increase in interest expense due to higher interest rates was partially offset by a $2.2 million realized gain on interest rate swaps and $0.6 million of interest income. Amortization of the loan discount and deferred financing fees resulted in expense of $1.9 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Gain on Interest Rate Swaps
Gain on interest rate swaps totaled $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 due to a mark-to-market gain of $4.1 million partially offset by a realized loss of $3.8 million. The historical non-designated derivative interest rate swaps expired in June 2022.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
During the year ended December 31, 2022, we incurred a $3.7 million loss on extinguishment of debt resulting from the credit agreement refinancing on November 29, 2022.
Income Tax Provision
Income tax provision increased by $3.7 million from $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, resulting in an effective tax rate of 31.0% and 100.9%, respectively. The increase in income tax provision is primarily due to an increase in permanent items, including nondeductible compensation, during the year. Income before taxes decreased $15.9 million from $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the effective tax rate of 100.9% resulted from the increase in income tax provision coupled with the decrease in income before taxes and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the effective rate differs from the statutory rate mainly due to a jurisdictional mix of earnings and permanent items.
Net (Loss) Income and Net (Loss) Income Margin
Net income decreased by $19.5 million from $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to a net loss of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Net income margin decreased from 2.5% for the year ended December 31, 2022 to a net loss margin of less than 1% for the year ended December 31, 2023.
The decrease in both net income and net income margin resulted primarily from lower revenues due to the macroeconomic environment, impairments of long-lived assets incurred in the second quarter due to office closures, restructuring and offering expenses and increased interest expense due to the rising interest rate environment.
Net Income per Share
Net income per share—basic decreased $0.21 per share from $0.21 per share for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $0.00 per share for the year ended December 31, 2023 and net income per share—diluted decreased $0.20 per share from $0.20 per share for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $0.00 per share for the year ended December 31, 2023 due to the decrease in net income.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “non-GAAP financial measures”, which are financial measures that are not calculated and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
Specifically, we make use of the non-GAAP financial measures “organic constant currency revenue growth (decline)”, “Adjusted EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA Margin,” “Adjusted Net Income,” “Adjusted Earnings Per Share” and “Free Cash Flow” to assess the performance of our business.
Organic constant currency revenue growth (decline) is calculated by adjusting for inorganic revenue growth (decline), which is defined as the impact to revenue growth (decline) in the current period from M&A activity that has occurred over the past twelve months, and converting the current period revenue at foreign currency exchange rates consistent with the prior period. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we have provided the impact of revenue from the acquisitions of Socrates and A-Check during the first quarter of 2023 and for the year ended December 31, 2022, we have provided the impact of revenue from the acquisition of EBI in November 2021. We present organic constant currency revenue growth (decline) because we believe it assists investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance; however, it has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider such a measure either in isolation or as a substitute for analyzing our results as reported
under GAAP. In particular, organic constant currency revenue growth (decline) does not reflect M&A activity or the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) adjusted for provision (benefit) for income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, transaction expenses related to the IPO, one-time public company transition expenses and costs associated with financing transactions, M&A activity, optimization and restructuring, technology transformation costs, foreign currency (gains) and losses and other costs affecting comparability. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue for the applicable period. We present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Management and our board of directors use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to evaluate the factors and trends affecting our business to assess our financial performance and in preparing and approving our annual budget and believe they are helpful in highlighting trends in our core operating performance. Further, our executive incentive compensation is based in part on components of Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for our results as reported under GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA excludes items that can have a significant effect on our profit or loss and should, therefore, be considered only in conjunction with net income (loss) for the period. Because not all companies use identical calculations, these measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.
Adjusted Net Income is a non-GAAP profitability measure. Adjusted Net Income is defined as net income (loss) adjusted for amortization of acquired intangible assets, stock-based compensation, transaction expenses related to the IPO, one-time public company transition expenses and costs associated with financing transactions, M&A activity, optimization and restructuring, technology transformation costs, and certain other costs affecting comparability, adjusted for the applicable tax rate. Adjusted Earnings Per Share is defined as Adjusted Net Income divided by diluted weighted average shares for the applicable period. We present Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding certain material non-cash items and unusual items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future. Our management believes that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to net income (loss) applied in presenting Adjusted Net Income provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and about items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future. Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider such measures either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP.
Free Cash Flow is defined as Net Cash provided by (used in) Operating Activities minus purchases of property and equipment and purchases of intangible assets and capitalized software. We present Free Cash Flow because we believe it provides cash available for strategic measures, after making necessary capital investments in property and equipment to support ongoing business operations, and provides investors with the same measures that management uses as the basis for making resource allocation decisions. Free Cash Flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider such measure either in isolation or as a substitute for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. Historically, we presented Adjusted Free Cash Flow, defined as Net Cash provided by (used in) Operating Activities minus purchases of property and equipment and purchases of intangible assets and capitalized software and reflecting adjustments for one-time, cash, non-operating expenses related to the IPO. As there are no adjustments related to the IPO for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, management believes that Free Cash Flow is a more relevant measure.
Organic Constant Currency Revenue Growth (Decline)
The following table reconciles revenue growth, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to organic constant currency revenue growth for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 |
Reported revenue (decline) growth | (6.1) | % | | 19.5 | % |
Inorganic revenue growth(1) | 2.3 | % | | 6.5 | % |
Impact from foreign currency exchange(2) | (0.2) | % | | (1.4) | % |
Organic constant currency revenue (decline) growth | (8.2) | % | | 14.4 | % |
_________________________(1)Impact to revenue growth (decline) in the current period from M&A activity that has occurred over the past twelve months.
(2)Impact to revenue growth (decline) in the current period from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
Adjusted EBITDA decreased by 6.8%, or $13.5 million, from $198.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $185.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Adjusted EBITDA Margin decreased by 20 basis points year-over-year from 25.9% for the year ended December 31, 2022 to 25.7% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin was predominantly driven by a decline in revenues due to macroeconomic uncertainty resulting in moderation in our base business revenue partially offset by lower costs driven by volume and our cost optimization efforts.
The following table reconciles net (loss) income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(dollars in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 |
Net (loss) income | $ | (116) | | | $ | 19,410 | |
Income tax provision | 12,367 | | | 8,706 | |
Interest expense, net | 36,233 | | | 29,547 | |
Depreciation and amortization | 62,853 | | | 73,140 | |
Stock-based compensation | 34,650 | | | 23,805 | |
Loss on extinguishment of debt | — | | | 3,673 | |
Transaction expenses(1) | 12,878 | | | 11,493 | |
Restructuring(2) | 21,355 | | | 9,024 | |
Technology Transformation(3) | 3,922 | | | 16,794 | |
Settlements impacting comparability(4) | 131 | | | 3,319 | |
Gain on interest rate swaps(5) | — | | | (297) | |
Other(6) | 751 | | | (111) | |
Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 185,024 | | | $ | 198,503 | |
Adjusted EBITDA Margin | 25.7 | % | | 25.9 | % |
_________________________(1)Consists of transaction expenses related to M&A, associated earn-outs, one-time public company transition expenses and ancillary non-recurring public company expenses and fees associated with financing transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2023, costs consisted primarily of $8.8 million of M&A related costs for the acquisitions of Socrates, A-Check and Vault, $1.2 million of M&A costs for the EBI acquisition primarily due to the acceleration of contract costs related to the completion of the EBI platform migration, and $2.9 million of registration statement costs, costs to support the secondary public offering in June 2023, one-time public company transition expenses and expenses related to executing our interest rate swap. For the year ended December 31, 2022, costs consisted primarily of $5.4 million of one-time public company transition expenses and ancillary non-recurring public company expenses and expenses related to our credit agreement refinancing, and $6.1 million related to M&A activity for the acquisitions of EBI and Socrates.
(2)Consists of restructuring-related costs, including executive recruiting and severance charges, and lease termination costs and disposal of fixed assets related to our real estate consolidation efforts. Beginning in 2020, we began executing a virtual-first strategy, closing offices and reducing office space globally. In 2022, we began executing on a restructuring program to realign senior leadership and functions with the goal of elevating our go-to-market strategy and accelerating our technology and product innovation. At the end of 2022, we also launched Project Nucleus which we expect to drive meaningful cost savings and efficiency gains in our cost of revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2023, costs consisted of $10.3 million in connection with executing against our real estate consolidation program, which included a $5.3 million impairment charge on ROU assets, $3.2 million of accelerated rent, facilities costs and other charges in connection
with office closures, as well as $1.8 million of fixed asset disposals and $11.1 million of restructuring-related charges. For the year ended December 31, 2022, costs include approximately $6.9 million of restructuring-related severance and other charges.
(3)Includes costs related to technology modernization, as well as costs related to decommissioning of on-premise production systems and redundant fulfillment systems of acquired companies and the migration to our platform. We believe that these costs are discrete and non-recurring in nature, as they relate to a one-time restructuring and decommissioning of our on-premise production systems and corporate technological infrastructure and the move to a managed service provider, decommissioning redundant fulfillment systems and modernizing internal functional systems. As such, they are not normal, recurring operating expenses and are not reflective of ongoing trends in the cost of doing business. The significant majority of these are related to the last two phases of Project Ignite, a three-phase strategic investment initiative launched in 2019 to create an enterprise-class global platform, with the remainder related to an investment made to modernize internal functional systems in preparation for our public company infrastructure. Phase two of Project Ignite was completed in 2022 and phase three of Project Ignite was completed in the first quarter of 2023. For the year ended December 31, 2023, investment related to the conclusion of Project Ignite was $3.1 million and the remaining $0.8 million related to costs for decommissioning of the on-premise production system and decommissioning of the redundant fulfillment system of EBI and migrating onto our platform and decommissioning costs of the A-Check and Socrates systems. For the year ended December 31, 2022, $2.4 million related primarily to decommissioning of the on-premise production system and decommissioning of the redundant fulfillment system of EBI and migrating onto our platform and the remaining $14.4 million represented the investment in Project Ignite.
(4)Consists of non-recurring settlements and the related legal fees impacting comparability. For the year ended December 31, 2023, costs include $0.1 million, net of insurance recovery, for a class action case settled during the period.For the year ended December 31, 2022, costs include legal settlements totaling $3.3 million, net of insurance recovery, for certain class action cases settled in the year. These legal settlement related costs were discrete and non-recurring in nature and we do not expect them to occur in future periods.
(5)Consists of gains or losses on historical non-designated derivative interest rate swaps. See "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk" for additional information.
(6)Consists of gains or losses on foreign currency transactions and impairment of capitalized software.
The following table presents the calculation of Net (Loss) Income Margin and Adjusted EBITDA Margin for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(dollars in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 |
Net (loss) income | $ | (116) | | | $ | 19,410 | |
Adjusted EBITDA | 185,024 | | | 198,503 | |
Revenues | 719,640 | | | 766,782 | |
Net income margin | — | % | | 2.5 | % |
Adjusted EBITDA Margin | 25.7 | % | | 25.9 | % |
Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share
Adjusted Net Income decreased by 11.9%, or $12.6 million, from $106.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $93.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Adjusted Earnings Per Share—basic decreased by 8.8%, or $0.10 per share, from $1.13 per share for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $1.03 per share for the year ended December 31, 2023. Adjusted Earnings Per Share—diluted decreased from $1.08 per share for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $1.00 per share for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Earnings Per Share—basic, and Adjusted Earnings Per Share—diluted was primarily driven by the decline in revenues due to macroeconomic uncertainty resulting in moderation in our base business revenue partially offset by lower costs driven by volume and our cost optimization efforts.
The following tables reconcile net (loss) income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands, except per share amounts) | 2023 | | 2022 |
Net (loss) income | $ | (116) | | | $ | 19,410 | |
Income tax provision | 12,367 | | | 8,706 | |
Income before income taxes | 12,251 | | | 28,116 | |
Amortization of acquired intangible assets | 41,758 | | | 48,783 | |
Stock-based compensation | 34,650 | | | 23,805 | |
Loss on extinguishment of debt | — | | | 3,673 | |
Transaction expenses(1) | 12,878 | | | 11,493 | |
Restructuring(2) | 21,355 | | | 9,024 | |
Technology Transformation(3) | 3,922 | | | 16,794 | |
Settlements impacting comparability(4) | 131 | | | 3,319 | |
Gain on interest rate swaps(5) | — | | | (297) | |
Other(6) | 751 | | | (111) | |
Adjusted Net Income before income tax effect | 127,696 | | | 144,599 | |
Income tax effect(7) | 33,786 | | | 38,054 | |
Adjusted Net Income | $ | 93,910 | | | $ | 106,545 | |
Net income per share—basic | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.21 | |
Net income per share—diluted | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.20 | |
Adjusted Earnings Per Share—basic | $ | 1.03 | | | $ | 1.13 | |
Adjusted Earnings Per Share—diluted | $ | 1.00 | | | $ | 1.08 | |
_________________________(1)Consists of transaction expenses related to M&A, associated earn-outs, one-time public company transition expenses and ancillary non-recurring public company expenses and fees associated with financing transactions.
(2)Consists of restructuring-related costs, including executive recruiting and severance charges, and lease termination costs and disposal of fixed assets related to our real estate consolidation efforts. Beginning in 2020, we began executing a virtual-first strategy, closing offices and reducing office space globally. In 2022, we began executing on a restructuring program to realign senior leadership and functions with the goal of elevating our go-to-market strategy and accelerating our technology and product innovation. At the end of 2022, we also launched Project Nucleus which we expect to drive meaningful cost savings and efficiency gains in our cost of revenues.
(3)Includes costs related to technology modernization, as well as costs related to decommissioning of on-premise production systems and redundant fulfillment systems of acquired companies and the migration to our platform. We believe that these costs are discrete and non-recurring in nature, as they relate to a one-time restructuring and decommissioning of our on-premise production systems and corporate technological infrastructure and the move to a managed service provider, decommissioning redundant fulfillment systems and modernizing internal functional systems. As such, they are not normal, recurring operating expenses and are not reflective of ongoing trends in the cost of doing business. The significant majority of these are related to the last two phases of Project Ignite, a three-phase strategic investment initiative launched in 2019 to create an enterprise-class global platform, with the remainder related to an investment made to modernize internal functional systems in preparation for our public company infrastructure. Phase two of Project Ignite was completed in 2022 and phase three of Project Ignite was completed in the first quarter of 2023.
(4)Consists of non-recurring settlements and the related legal fees impacting comparability.
(5)Consists of gains or losses on historical non-designated derivative interest rate swaps. See "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk" for additional information.
(6)Consists of gains or losses on foreign currency transactions and impairment of capitalized software.
(7)Normalized effective tax rates of 26.5% and 26.3% have been used to compute Adjusted Net Income for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $15.7 million for federal income tax purposes and deferred tax assets of approximately $5.6 million related to state and foreign income tax loss carryforwards available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The amount of actual cash taxes we pay for federal, state, and foreign income taxes differs significantly from the effective income tax rate computed in accordance with GAAP, and from the normalized rate shown above.
The following table reconciles net income per share, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted Earnings Per Share for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) | 2023 | | 2022 |
Net (loss) income | $ | (116) | | | $ | 19,410 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
Weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic | 91,587,311 | | | 94,052,435 | |
Weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted | 91,587,311 | | | 98,866,004 | |
Net income per share—basic | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.21 | |
Net income per share—diluted | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.20 | |
| | | |
Adjusted Net Income | $ | 93,910 | | | $ | 106,545 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
Weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic | 91,587,311 | | | 94,052,435 | |
Weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted | 93,944,514 | | | 98,866,004 | |
Adjusted Earnings Per Share—basic | $ | 1.03 | | | $ | 1.13 | |
Adjusted Earnings Per Share—diluted | $ | 1.00 | | | $ | 1.08 | |
The following table presents the calculation of Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 |
Net income per share—diluted | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.20 | |
Adjusted Net Income adjustments per share | | | |
Income tax provision | 0.13 | | | 0.09 | |
Amortization of acquired intangible assets | 0.44 | | | 0.49 | |
Stock-based compensation | 0.37 | | | 0.24 | |
Loss on extinguishment of debt | 0.00 | | | 0.04 | |
Transaction expenses(1) | 0.14 | | | 0.12 | |
Restructuring(2) | 0.23 | | | 0.09 | |
Technology Transformation(3) | 0.04 | | | 0.17 | |
Settlements impacting comparability(4) | 0.00 | | | 0.03 | |
Gain on interest rate swaps(5) | 0.00 | | | (0.01) | |
Other(6) | 0.01 | | | 0.00 | |
Income tax effect(7) | (0.36) | | | (0.38) | |
Adjusted Earnings Per Share—diluted | $ | 1.00 | | | $ | 1.08 | |
Weighted average number of shares outstanding used in computation of Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share: | | | |
Weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted (GAAP) | 91,587,311 | | | 98,866,004 | |
Options not included in weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted (GAAP) (using treasury stock method) | 2,357,203 | | | — | |
Weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted (non-GAAP) (using treasury stock method) | 93,944,514 | | | 98,866,004 | |
_________________________(1)Consists of transaction expenses related to M&A, associated earn-outs, one-time public company transition expenses and ancillary non-recurring public company expenses and fees associated with financing transactions.
(2)Consists of restructuring-related costs, including executive recruiting and severance charges, and lease termination costs and disposal of fixed assets related to our real estate consolidation efforts. Beginning in 2020, we began executing a virtual-first strategy, closing offices and reducing office space globally. In 2022, we began executing on a restructuring program to realign senior leadership and functions with the goal of elevating our go-to-market strategy and accelerating our technology and product innovation. At the end of 2022, we also launched Project Nucleus which we expect to drive meaningful cost savings and efficiency gains in our cost of revenues.
(3)Includes costs related to technology modernization, as well as costs related to decommissioning of on-premise production systems and redundant fulfillment systems of acquired companies and the migration to our platform. We believe that these costs are discrete and non-recurring in nature, as they relate to a one-time restructuring and decommissioning of our on-premise production systems and corporate
technological infrastructure and the move to a managed service provider, decommissioning redundant fulfillment systems and modernizing internal functional systems. As such, they are not normal, recurring operating expenses and are not reflective of ongoing trends in the cost of doing business. The significant majority of these are related to the last two phases of Project Ignite, a three-phase strategic investment initiative launched in 2019 to create an enterprise-class global platform, with the remainder related to an investment made to modernize internal functional systems in preparation for our public company infrastructure. Phase two of Project Ignite was completed in 2022 and phase three of Project Ignite was completed in the first quarter of 2023.
(4)Consists of non-recurring settlements and the related legal fees impacting comparability.
(5)Consists of gains or losses on historical non-designated derivative interest rate swaps. See "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk" for additional information.
(6)Consists of gains or losses on foreign currency transactions and impairment of capitalized software.
(7)Normalized effective tax rates of 26.5% and 26.3% have been used to compute Adjusted Net Income for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $15.7 million for federal income tax purposes and deferred tax assets of approximately $5.6 million related to state and foreign income tax loss carryforwards available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The amount of actual cash taxes we pay for federal, state, and foreign income taxes differs significantly from the effective income tax rate computed in accordance with GAAP, and from the normalized rate shown above.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
Liquidity describes the ability of a company to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the cash requirements of its business operations, including working capital needs to meet operating expenses, debt service, acquisitions, capital expenditures, other commitments and contractual obligations. We consider liquidity in terms of cash flows from operations and their sufficiency to fund our operating and investing activities.
Our primary liquidity requirements are for working capital, debt principal and interest obligations, continued investments in software development and other capital expenditures, and other strategic investments. In the third quarter of 2023, we fully utilized our remaining U.S. federal income tax net operating loss carryforwards that were not subject to annual use limitations. Our remaining net operating loss carryforwards are subject to annual use limitations and expire between 2026 and 2031. As a result, income taxes will become a material use of funds, depending on our future profitability, and future tax rates. Our liquidity needs are met primarily through existing balance sheet cash, cash flows from operations, as well as funds available under our revolving credit facility. Our cash flows from operations include cash received from customers, less cash costs to provide services to our customers, which includes general and administrative costs and interest payments.
Our capital expenditures can vary depending on the timing of the development of new products and services and technological enhancement-related investments. Capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions, for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were approximately $20.4 million and $20.2 million, respectively, primarily related to capitalizable software development.
We believe that our projected cash position and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund our liquidity requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, our future liquidity requirements could be higher than we currently expect as a result of various factors. For example, any future investments, acquisitions, joint ventures or other similar transactions may require additional capital. In addition, our ability to continue to meet our future liquidity requirements will depend on, among other things, our ability to achieve anticipated levels of revenues and cash flows from operations and our ability to manage costs and working capital successfully, all of which are subject to general economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. In the event we require any additional capital, it will take the form of equity or debt financing, or both, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to raise any such financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.
As of December 31, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $54.2 million. We used $49.2 million for acquisitions ($49.5 million of cash used to purchase Socrates and A-Check offset by a $0.3 million purchase price adjustment for EBI) and $67.8 million to repurchase shares of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2023. All cash and cash equivalents are held with independent financial institutions with a minimum credit rating of “A” as defined by the three main credit rating agencies. As of December 31, 2023, all cash and cash equivalents were held in accounts with banks such that the funds are immediately available or in fixed term deposits with a maximum maturity of three months. The bank failures of Silicon Valley Bank, Signature Bank and First Republic Bank early in 2023 created significant market disruption and uncertainty within the U.S. banking sector, in particular with respect to regional banks. We hold minimal cash balances with regional banks in the U.S. We have a robust and disciplined cash management process to protect our cash, maintain financial stability and diversify as we deem appropriate.
Credit Facility
On November 29, 2022 (the “Closing Date”), Sterling Infosystems, Inc. (the “Borrower”), a Delaware corporation and a subsidiary of the Company, entered into a credit agreement (the “2022 Credit Agreement”) by and among the Borrower, as borrower, Sterling Intermediate Corp. (“Parent”), KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), certain guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”) and the lenders party thereto.
The 2022 Credit Agreement provides for aggregate principal borrowings of $700.0 million, comprised of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of term loans (the “Term Loans”) and a $400.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Facility mature on November 29, 2027.
Amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Agreement bear interest under either of the following two rates, elected in advance by the Borrower: (1) a base rate (equal to the greatest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 1⁄2 of 1% and (c) the one-month adjusted term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) rate plus 1%); or (2) an adjusted term SOFR rate (equal to the sum of (a) term SOFR plus (b) 0.10%), in each case, plus a tiered floating interest rate margin based on the net leverage ratio of the Borrower and its subsidiaries. Interest on adjusted term SOFR borrowings is payable on the last business day of the one, three or six-month interest period selected by the Borrower (except in the case of a six-month election, in which case it is payable on the last business day of the third and sixth month). Interest on base rate borrowings is payable on the last business day of each quarter. The applicable interest rate at December 31, 2023 was 7.71%.
We, as borrower, will pay a quarterly unused commitment fee at a rate per annum ranging from 0.20% to 0.30%, on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility based on the net leverage ratio of the Borrower and its subsidiaries. We can use available funding capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility to issue letters of credit, subject to a sublimit equal to the lesser of $40.0 million and amounts available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility.
The Term Loans amortize quarterly in the following amounts: $1.875 million per quarter (for the first four full quarters ending after the Closing Date), $3.75 million per quarter (for the next eight quarters) and $5.625 million per quarter (for the next seven quarters).
The 2022 Credit Agreement contains covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to: incur certain additional indebtedness; transfer money between various subsidiaries; pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions with respect to subsidiaries’ capital stock or make other restricted payments; issue stock of subsidiaries; make certain investments, loans or advances; transfer and sell certain assets; create or permit liens on assets; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and amend certain documents.
The 2022 Credit Agreement also contains financial covenants that require us to comply with (a) a maximum net leverage ratio of 4.00:1.00 (which may be increased to 4.50:1.00 for four quarters if the Borrower and its subsidiaries consummate acquisitions during any 6-month period for which the total aggregate cash consideration is greater than or equal to $75.0 million) and (b) a minimum interest coverage ratio of 3.00:1.00. Both financial covenants are tested quarterly. Since origination, we have been in compliance with all covenants under the 2022 Credit Agreement.
The Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Facility (and related revolving borrowings) are guaranteed by Parent and all of our material wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. Obligations under the 2022 Credit Agreement are collateralized by a first lien on substantially all of our assets and outstanding capital stock of our material domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The 2022 Credit Agreement also contains various events of default, including, without limitation, the failure to pay interest or principal when the same is due, cross default and cross acceleration provisions, the failure of representations and warranties contained therein to be true and certain insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the principal amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Agreement, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts owed thereunder, may be declared immediately due and payable by the lenders.
The net proceeds of the Term Loans, together with borrowings of approximately $223.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility, were used to repay all outstanding indebtedness, including accrued and unpaid interest, in an aggregate amount of approximately $513.9 million, under that certain First Lien Credit Agreement, dated June 19, 2015 (as amended, the “2015 Credit Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, and to pay related fees and expenses.
As of December 31, 2023, amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Agreement totaled $498.0 million and we had $194.5 million of capacity remaining under the Revolving Credit Facility and outstanding letters of credit in the amount of $0.7 million.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2023, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Cash Flows
The following table presents a summary and comparison of our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 |
Net cash provided by operations | $ | 96,861 | | | $ | 104,263 | |
Net cash used in investing activities | (69,450) | | | (20,136) | |
Net cash used in financing activities | (75,903) | | | (25,939) | |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | (379) | | | (3,091) | |
Net change in cash and cash equivalents | (48,871) | | | 55,097 | |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period | 103,095 | | | 47,998 | |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period | $ | 54,224 | | | $ | 103,095 | |
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $96.9 million and reflected the adjustment to net loss for non-cash charges totaling $91.2 million, primarily driven by $62.9 million of depreciation and amortization (including $41.8 million of acquired intangible asset amortization), $34.7 million of stock-based compensation and $7.4 million of impairment of long-lived assets. Changes in operating assets and liabilities increased cash provided by operating activities by $5.8 million for the year.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $104.3 million and reflected the adjustment to net income for non-cash charges totaling $94.6 million, primarily driven by $73.1 million of depreciation and amortization (including $48.8 million of acquired intangible asset amortization), $23.8 million of stock-based compensation expense and a $3.7 million loss on the extinguishment of debt, partially offset by $4.1 million related to changes in the fair value of derivative instruments and an unrealized translation gain on investment in foreign subsidiaries of $2.3 million and $3.3 million in deferred income taxes. Changes in operating assets and liabilities reduced cash provided by operating activities by $9.8 million for the year.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $69.5 million and $20.1 million, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily consisted of $49.2 million for acquisitions ($49.5 million of cash used for the acquisition of A-Check and Socrates offset by a $0.3 million purchase price adjustment for EBI) and $17.8 million of investment in capitalized software development. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily consisted of $15.7 million of investment in capitalized software development and $4.5 million in computer hardware and other property and equipment.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $75.9 million and $25.9 million, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 consisted of $67.8 million of share repurchases, $7.5 million of repayments of long-term debt and $5.7 million of cash paid for tax withholding on vesting of restricted shares. Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 consisted of $14.0 million of common stock repurchases and $510.3 million of repayments of long-term debt, repayment of revolving credit facility borrowings of $17.5 million and the payment of $9.1 million of debt issuance costs offset by proceeds from Term Loans and Revolving Credit Facility borrowings of $300.0 million and $223.0 million, respectively, in connection with our credit agreement refinancing in November 2022.
Free Cash Flow
For the year ended December 31, 2023, we generated $76.5 million of Free Cash Flow compared to $84.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in Free Cash Flow compared to the prior year was driven by lower operating income and higher interest expense, partially offset by increased cash from interest rate swaps.
The following table reconciles net cash flow provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to Free Cash Flow for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 |
Net cash provided by operations | $ | 96,861 | | | $ | 104,263 | |
Purchases of intangible assets and capitalized software | (17,802) | | | (15,689) | |
Purchases of property and equipment | (2,560) | | | (4,498) | |
Free Cash Flow | $ | 76,499 | | | $ | 84,076 | |
Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that can affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. However, we operate in an industry that is subject to intense competition, government regulation and rapid technological change. Our operations are subject to significant risk and uncertainties including financial, operational, technological, regulatory, foreign operations, and other risks. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
The most significant accounting estimates involve a high degree of judgment or complexity. Management believes the estimates and judgments most critical to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and to the understanding of our reported financial results are described below. Such are determined to involve “critical accounting estimates” because they are particularly dependent on assumptions and estimates made by management about matters that are inherently uncertain.
See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information on our accounting policies.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net and Related Impairment
We record the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets of acquired entities as goodwill. Management relies on numerous assumptions and estimates in determining fair value of acquired entities and significant changes in such estimates could yield materially different results when determining goodwill.
Our goodwill is predominantly the result of the acquisition of Sterling by our Sponsor on June 19, 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded $28.1 million of goodwill, net of measurement period adjustments, related to the acquisitions of A-Check and Socrates.
Definite-lived intangible assets consist of intangibles acquired through acquisition and the costs of developing internal-use software and are reported net of amortization. Such are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Customer lists are amortized using an accelerated method of amortization. Cost of acquisition, renewal and extension of intangible assets are capitalized. There are no significant renewal or extension provisions associated with our intangible assets. We have no indefinite-lived intangible assets. The costs of developing internal-use software are capitalized during the application development stage and are included in Intangible assets, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization commences when the software is placed into service and is computed using the straight-line method over the useful life of the underlying software of three years.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded $30.9 million in intangible assets, that consisted largely of customer lists in the amount of $28.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded $56.0 million for customer relationships, $0.8 million for a non-compete agreement and $2.1 million for trademarks related to the acquisition of EBI. The remaining intangible assets include trade names, developed technology and a non-compete agreement, related to the acquisitions of A-Check and Socrates. For purposes of estimating the fair
value of acquired intangible assets, management and a third-party valuation firm considered the prospective income- and cash-generating capability of the assets and determined that the multi-period excess earnings method of the income approach, the avoided loss of income method of the income approach and relief-from-royalty method of the income approach were the most appropriate methods to determine the fair value for the respective intangible assets.
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each calendar year or when certain triggering events require additional testing. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value. We performed qualitative assessments of goodwill during the fourth quarters of 2023, 2022 and 2021 and based on the results of these assessments, there were no reporting units at risk of having a carrying value in excess of the fair value. Should conditions change which impact fair value and the factors that determine the need for impairment, there is a possibility that we could recognize impairment in future periods. Materially incorrect estimates of fair value could cause an impairment to goodwill and potentially result in a loss of profitability. Based on the results of the qualitative assessments, no impairment loss was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.
Intangible assets, including capitalized internal-use software, are reviewed for impairment when triggering events indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The review by management involves comparing the net carrying value of the asset to the undiscounted net cash flows to be generated from the asset group. If assets are not recoverable, we would recognize an impairment loss based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value. Management also reviews its amortization methods to ensure they fairly reflect the changes in circumstances that have occurred. Changes in our estimates related to intangible assets would increase or decrease operating expenses or amortization recorded during the period. During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we recorded a write-down related to the impairment of capitalized internal-use software in the amount of $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
We are exposed to variability in expected future cash outflows on variable rate debt attributable to changes in reference rates. As such, we have entered into interest rate swaps to economically offset a portion of this risk. Additionally, we are exposed to fluctuations in various foreign currencies against our functional currency, the U.S. dollar (“USD”). As such, we historically have entered into, and plan to enter into in the future, foreign currency forward agreements to manage our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations.
We record all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether we have elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. For derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes, the unrealized gain or loss on the derivative is initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings and is presented in the same income statement line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item. We may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of our risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or we elect not to apply hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings.
As the prices of the hedged commodity move in reaction to market trends and information, our statement of operations will be affected depending on the impact such market movements have on the value of our derivative instruments. Depending on market movements, exchange rates and changes in reference rates, these price protection positions may cause immediate adverse effects, but are expected to protect the Company over the term of the contracts for the hedged amounts.
Business Combinations
The Company records business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” Under the acquisition method of accounting, identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their acquisition-date fair value. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value is recorded as goodwill. Changes in the estimated fair values of net assets recorded for acquisitions based on management’s best estimates may result in adjustments to the amount of purchase price allocable to goodwill.
Measurement period adjustments are reflected in the period in which they occur and may be made up to one year subsequent to the acquisition date should new information become available.
The Company utilizes variations of the income approach, which relies on historical financial and qualitative information, as well as assumptions and estimates for projected financial information to value acquired intangible assets, such as trade names, customer lists and software developed for internal use.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We earn revenues, pay expenses, hold assets and incur liabilities in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates can affect our results of operations from period to period. In particular, fluctuations in exchange rates for non-U.S. dollar currencies may reduce the U.S. dollar value of revenues, earnings and cash flows we receive from non-U.S. markets, increase our operating expenses (as measured in U.S. dollars) in those markets, negatively impact our competitiveness in those markets or otherwise adversely impact our results of operations or financial condition. Key currencies affecting our results of operations at this time are the Canadian dollar (CAD), Euro (EUR), British pound (GBP), Australian dollar (AUD), Indian rupee (INR) and Philippine peso (PHP). As we expand into other markets, other currencies may become relevant. Future fluctuations of foreign currency exchange rates and their impact on our results of operations and financial condition are inherently uncertain. As we continue to pursue growth of our global operations, these fluctuations may be material. We may from time to time enter into foreign currency options and forward contracts to mitigate the foreign exchange risk on expected future cash outlays to fund our fulfillment centers.
Credit Risk
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, we had accounts receivable, net of allowance for expected credit losses, of $142.2 million and $139.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, no single client accounted for more than 3% of our revenue. No single client had an accounts receivable balance greater than 3% of total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Interest Rate Risk
Our exposure to market risk is influenced by the changes in interest rates paid on any outstanding balance on our borrowings, under our 2022 Credit Agreement. Amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Agreement bear interest under either of the following two rates, elected in advance by us: (1) a base rate (equal to the greatest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 1⁄2 of 1% and (c) the one-month adjusted term SOFR rate plus 1%); or (2) an adjusted term SOFR rate (equal to the sum of (a) term SOFR plus (b) 0.10%), in each case, plus a tiered floating interest rate margin based on the net leverage ratio. Our borrowings as of December 31, 2023 accrued interest at 7.71% based on an adjusted term SOFR rate (equal to the sum of (a) term SOFR plus (b) 0.10%) plus a tiered floating interest rate margin based on our net leverage ratio. Based on the amount outstanding under our 2022 Credit Agreement at December 31, 2023, and assuming all other variables remain constant, a 1% change in the interest rate would result in an increase/decrease of approximately $5.0 million in interest expense per annum.
We hedge against changes in the interest rates through interest rate swaps. On February 28, 2023, we entered into an amortizing $300.0 million notional value interest rate swap. The notional value steps down from $300.0 million to $150.0 million on February 27, 2026. The swap provides for us to pay, as applied to the notional value, a fixed rate of interest of 4.26% monthly and receive, on a monthly basis, an amount equal to the greater of the one-month term SOFR and a floor of (0.10%), as applied to the notional value (the “Floating Leg”). The interest rate swap matures on November 29, 2027. The interest expense related to the 2022 Credit Agreement will be offset by proceeds received or increased from settlements paid for the Floating Leg of the interest rate swap. As of December 31, 2023, we are currently party to four interest rate swaps which hedge the future cash flows on approximately 60% of the outstanding principal balance of the aggregate amounts due under our 2022 Credit Agreement.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Sterling Check Corp.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sterling Check Corp. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), of stockholders’ equity, and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2022.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 6, 2024
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2010.
STERLING CHECK CORP.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| December 31, |
(in thousands, except share and par value amounts) | 2023 | | 2022 |
ASSETS | | | |
CURRENT ASSETS: | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 54,224 | | | $ | 103,095 | |
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for credit losses of $2,816 and $2,304 at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively) | 142,179 | | | 139,579 | |
Insurance receivable | 2,937 | | | 921 | |
Prepaid expenses | 9,651 | | | 13,433 | |
| | | |
Other current assets | 15,800 | | | 13,654 | |
Total current assets | 224,791 | | | 270,682 | |
Property and equipment, net | 7,695 | | | 10,341 | |
Goodwill | 879,408 | | | 849,609 | |
Intangible assets, net | 230,212 | | | 241,036 | |
Deferred tax assets | 4,818 | | | 4,452 | |
Operating leases right-of-use asset | 6,452 | | | 20,084 | |
Other noncurrent assets, net | 10,067 | | | 11,050 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 1,363,443 | | | $ | 1,407,254 | |
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | | | |
CURRENT LIABILITIES: | | | |
Accounts payable | $ | 38,879 | | | $ | 38,372 | |
Litigation settlement obligation | 5,279 | | | 4,165 | |
Accrued expenses | 63,987 | | | 67,047 | |
Current portion of long-term debt | 15,000 | | | 7,500 | |
Operating leases liability, current portion | 4,219 | | | 3,717 | |
Income tax payable, current portion | 8,933 | | | 278 | |
Other current liabilities | 11,839 | | | 12,661 | |
Total current liabilities | 148,136 | | | 133,740 | |
Long-term debt, net | 479,788 | | | 493,990 | |
Deferred tax liabilities | 14,239 | | | 23,707 | |
Long-term operating leases liability, net of current portion | 7,278 | | | 16,835 | |
Other liabilities | 12,058 | | | 2,336 | |
Total liabilities | 661,499 | | | 670,608 | |
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 13) | | | |
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY: | | | |
Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding) | — | | | — | |
Common stock ($0.01 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 99,966,158 shares issued and 93,194,403 shares outstanding at December 31, 2023; 97,765,120 shares issued and 96,717,883 shares outstanding at December 31, 2022) | 98 | | | 76 | |
Additional paid-in capital | 983,283 | | | 942,789 | |
Common stock held in treasury (6,771,755 and 1,047,237 shares at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively) | (88,918) | | | (14,859) | |
Accumulated deficit | (186,564) | | | (186,448) | |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | (5,955) | | | (4,912) | |
Total stockholders’ equity | 701,944 | | | 736,646 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | $ | 1,363,443 | | | $ | 1,407,254 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
STERLING CHECK CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands, except share and per share data) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
REVENUES | $ | 719,640 | | | $ | 766,782 | | | $ | 641,884 | |
OPERATING EXPENSES: | | | | | |
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below) | 384,653 | | | 407,683 | | | 313,155 | |
Corporate technology and production systems | 44,415 | | | 50,487 | | | 44,323 | |
Selling, general and administrative | 173,755 | | | 175,459 | | | 198,700 | |
Depreciation and amortization | 62,853 | | | 73,140 | | | 82,064 | |
Impairments and disposals of long-lived assets | 7,371 | | | 1,008 | | | 3,274 | |
Total operating expenses | 673,047 | | | 707,777 | | | 641,516 | |
OPERATING INCOME | 46,593 | | | 59,005 | | | 368 | |
OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME): | | | | | |
Interest expense, net | 36,233 | | | 29,547 | | | 30,857 | |
(Gain) loss on interest rate swaps | — | | | (297) | | | 31 | |
Other income | (1,891) | | | (2,034) | | | (1,532) | |
Loss on extinguishment of debt | — | | | 3,673 | | | — | |
Total other expense, net | 34,342 | | | 30,889 | | | 29,356 | |
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES | 12,251 | | | 28,116 | | | (28,988) | |
Income tax provision (benefit) | 12,367 | | | 8,706 | | | (10,461) | |
NET (LOSS) INCOME | $ | (116) | | | $ | 19,410 | | | $ | (18,527) | |
Unrealized loss on hedged transactions, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(702), $0 and $95 respectively | (3,468) | | | — | | | (270) | |
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(138), $(288) and $53, respectively | 2,425 | | | (5,005) | | | (694) | |
Total other comprehensive loss | (1,043) | | | (5,005) | | | (964) | |
COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME | $ | (1,159) | | | $ | 14,405 | | | $ | (19,491) | |
Net (loss) income per share attributable to stockholders | | | | | |
Basic | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.21 | | | $ | (0.21) | |
Diluted | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.20 | | | $ | (0.21) | |
Weighted average number of shares outstanding | | | | | |
Basic | 91,587,311 | | | 94,052,435 | | | 90,218,386 | |
Diluted | 91,587,311 | | | 98,866,004 | | | 90,218,386 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
STERLING CHECK CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(in thousands, except share amounts) | Shares Outstanding | | Par Value | | Additional Paid-In Capital | | Common Shares Held in Treasury | | Common Stock Held in Treasury | | Accumulated Deficit | | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) | | Total |
BALANCE at December 31, 2020 | 88,554,962 | | | $ | 1 | | | $ | 770,714 | | | 107,820 | | | $ | (897) | | | $ | (187,691) | | | $ | 1,057 | | | $ | 583,184 | |
Issuance of common stock | 276,022 | | | — | | | 2,429 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 2,429 | |
Issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering, net of offering costs, underwriting discounts and commissions | 4,760,000 | | | 48 | | | 94,475 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 94,523 | |
Issuance of common stock in connection with forgiveness of promissory notes | 370,182 | | | — | | | 8,409 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 8,409 | |
Capital contribution from stockholder | — | | | — | | | 15,576 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 15,576 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Common stock issued for exercise of employee stock options | 6,093 | | | — | | | 56 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 56 | |
Issuance of restricted shares, net of forfeitures | 1,779,716 | | | 19 | | | (19) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Stock-based compensation | — | | | — | | | 24,938 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 24,938 | |
Net loss | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (18,527) | | | — | | | (18,527) | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Unrealized loss on hedged transactions, net of tax | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (270) | | | (270) | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (694) | | | (694) | |
BALANCE at December 31, 2021 | 95,746,975 | | | 68 | | | 916,578 | | | 107,820 | | | (897) | | | (206,218) | | | 93 | | | 709,624 | |
Issuance of common stock | 4,528 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Repurchases of common stock | (939,417) | | | — | | | — | | | 939,417 | | | (13,962) | | | — | | | — | | | (13,962) | |
Common stock issued for exercise of employee stock options | 257,679 | | | 3 | | | 2,413 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 2,416 | |
Issuance of restricted shares, net of forfeitures | 1,648,118 | | | 5 | | | (7) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (2) | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Stock-based compensation | — | | | — | | | 23,805 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 23,805 | |
Net income | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 19,410 | | | — | | | 19,410 | |
Cumulative effect adjustment for adoption of CECL, net of tax of $56 | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (198) | | | — | | | (198) | |
Cumulative effect adjustment for tax impact of adoption of ASC 842 | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 558 | | | — | | | 558 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (5,005) | | | (5,005) | |
BALANCE at December 31, 2022 | 96,717,883 | | | 76 | | | 942,789 | | | 1,047,237 | | | (14,859) | | | (186,448) | | | (4,912) | | | 736,646 | |
Issuance of common stock | 9,258 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Repurchases of common stock | (5,289,607) | | | — | | | — | | | 5,289,607 | | | (68,362) | | | — | | | — | | | (68,362) | |
Exercise of employee stock options, net of shares exchanged for payment and tax withholding | 617,457 | | | 6 | | | 5,860 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 5,866 | |
Issuance of restricted shares, net of forfeitures | 1,574,323 | | | 16 | | | (16) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Shares withheld to cover restricted share vesting tax | (434,911) | | | — | | | — | | | 434,911 | | | (5,697) | | | — | | | — | | | (5,697) | |
Stock-based compensation | — | | | — | | | 34,650 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 34,650 | |
Net loss | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (116) | | | — | | | (116) | |
Unrealized loss on hedged transactions, net of tax | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (3,468) | | | (3,468) | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 2,425 | | | 2,425 | |
BALANCE at December 31, 2023 | 93,194,403 | | | $ | 98 | | | $ | 983,283 | | | 6,771,755 | | | $ | (88,918) | | | $ | (186,564) | | | $ | (5,955) | | | $ | 701,944 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
STERLING CHECK CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES | | | | | |
Net (loss) income | $ | (116) | | | $ | 19,410 | | | $ | (18,527) | |
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income net cash provided by operations | | | | | |
Loss on extinguishment of debt | — | | | 3,673 | | | — | |
Depreciation and amortization | 62,853 | | | 73,140 | | | 82,064 | |
Deferred income taxes | (13,875) | | | (3,344) | | | (21,996) | |
Stock-based compensation | 34,650 | | | 23,805 | | | 32,580 | |
Impairments and disposals of long-lived assets | 7,371 | | | 1,008 | | | 3,274 | |
Provision for bad debts | 937 | | | 877 | | | 1,169 | |
Amortization of financing fees | 1,078 | | | 453 | | | 471 | |
Amortization of debt discount | 798 | | | 1,675 | | | 3,262 | |
Deferred rent | (158) | | | (226) | | | (1,621) | |
Unrealized translation gain (loss) on investment in foreign subsidiaries | 183 | | | (2,345) | | | (154) | |
Changes in fair value of derivatives | — | | | (4,102) | | | (7,422) | |
Change in fair value of contingent consideration, net | (2,631) | | | — | | | — | |
| | | | | |
Excess payment on contingent consideration for acquisition | — | | | — | | | (1,159) | |
| | | | | |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions | | | | | |
Accounts receivable | 1,481 | | | (11,184) | | | (40,086) | |
Insurance receivable | (2,015) | | | 921 | | | 750 | |
Prepaid expenses | 4,852 | | | (1,101) | | | (4,975) | |
Other assets | (94) | | | (4,515) | | | (3,181) | |
Accounts payable | 111 | | | 7,885 | | | 12,950 | |
Litigation settlement obligation | 1,114 | | | 4,165 | | | (750) | |
Accrued expenses | (4,610) | | | 303 | | | 30,212 | |
Other liabilities | 4,932 | | | (6,235) | | | 1,744 | |
Net cash provided by operations | 96,861 | | | 104,263 | | | 68,605 | |
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES | | | | | |
Purchases of property and equipment | (2,560) | | | (4,498) | | | (3,234) | |
Purchases of intangible assets and capitalized software | (17,802) | | | (15,689) | | | (15,860) | |
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired | (49,210) | | | — | | | (66,323) | |
Proceeds from disposition of property and equipment | 122 | | | 51 | | | 41 | |
Net cash used in investing activities | (69,450) | | | (20,136) | | | (85,376) | |
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES | | | | | |
Issuance of common stock | 5,361 | | | 2,416 | | | 2,483 | |
Repurchases of common stock | (67,762) | | | (13,962) | | | — | |
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in IPO, net of underwriting discounts and commissions | — | | | — | | | 102,638 | |
Payments of initial public offering issuance costs | — | | | (225) | | | (7,890) | |
Cash paid for tax withholding on vesting of restricted shares | (5,697) | | | — | | | — | |
Capital contribution from certain stockholders | — | | | — | | | 15,576 | |
Payments of long-term debt | (7,500) | | | (510,340) | | | (113,147) | |
Proceeds from term loan borrowings | — | | | 300,000 | | | — | |
Repayments of revolving credit facility | — | | | (17,495) | | | — | |
Borrowings on revolving credit facility | — | | | 222,989 | | | — | |
Payments of debt issuance costs | — | | | (9,093) | | | — | |
Payment of contingent consideration for acquisition | (305) | | | (226) | | | (738) | |
Payments of finance lease obligations | — | | | (3) | | | (9) | |
Net cash used in financing activities | (75,903) | | | (25,939) | | | (1,087) | |
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | (379) | | | (3,091) | | | (777) | |
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | (48,871) | | | 55,097 | | | (18,635) | |
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | | | | | |
Beginning of period | 103,095 | | | 47,998 | | | 66,633 | |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period | $ | 54,224 | | | $ | 103,095 | | | $ | 47,998 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
STERLING CHECK CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION | | | | | |
Cash paid during the period for | | | | | |
Interest, net of capitalized amounts of $437, $378 and $322, respectively | $ | 37,729 | | | $ | 32,348 | | | $ | 30,782 | |
Income taxes | 17,484 | | | 18,532 | | | 5,574 | |
Offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities | — | | | — | | | 225 | |
Noncash investing and financing activities | | | | | |
Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued expenses | 548 | | | 25 | | | 109 | |
Unsettled share repurchases included in other liabilities | 600 | | | — | | | — | |
Unsettled employee stock options exercised included in other receivables | 505 | | | — | | | — | |
Noncash purchase price of business combinations | 4,706 | | | — | | | 1,445 | |
| | | | | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
STERLING CHECK CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Description of Business
Sterling Check Corp. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation headquartered in Independence, Ohio, is a global provider of technology-enabled background and identity verification services. The Company provides the foundation of trust and safety its clients need to create effective environments for their most essential resource—people. The Company offers a comprehensive hiring and risk management solution that begins with identity verification, followed by criminal background screening, credential verification, drug and health screening, employee onboarding document processing and ongoing risk monitoring.
The Company’s final prospectus related to the initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“common stock”) was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on September 24, 2021 pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act (the “IPO Prospectus”) and the common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on September 23, 2021. On September 27, 2021, the Company completed its IPO of an aggregate of 16,427,750 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $23.00 per share, pursuant to the IPO Prospectus. The Company sold 4,760,000 shares and certain existing stockholders sold an aggregate of 11,667,750 shares, including 2,142,750 shares that were sold pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The Company received aggregate net proceeds of $94.5 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $6.8 million and other offering expenses of $8.1 million.
On June 12, 2023, the Company completed a secondary public offering, pursuant to which 8,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company were sold by certain selling stockholders. On June 30, 2023, the selling stockholders sold an additional 1,145,486 shares of common stock of the Company as a result of the exercise in part by the underwriters of an option to purchase additional shares. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders in the secondary public offering. In addition, on June 5, 2023, the Company entered into an agreement with Broad Street Principal Investments, L.L.C. (“BSPI”), one of the selling stockholders, pursuant to which the Company repurchased from BSPI an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company for a total of $11.7 million pursuant to the Company’s share repurchase program at a price per share equal to the price paid by the underwriters in the secondary public offering.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company is 53.4% owned by an investment group consisting of entities advised by or affiliated with The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“Goldman Sachs”) and Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec (“CDPQ” and, together with Goldman Sachs, our “Sponsor”). CDPQ owns its equity interest in the Company indirectly through a limited partnership controlled by Goldman Sachs.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Significant estimates include the impairment of long-lived assets, goodwill impairment, derivative instruments and hedging activities and the determination of the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities. The Company believes that the estimates used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are reasonable; however, actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
Risks and Uncertainties
The Company operates in an industry that is subject to intense competition, government regulation and rapid technological change. The Company’s operations are subject to significant risk and uncertainties including financial, operational, technological, regulatory, foreign operations, and other risks.
Segment Information
The Company has one operating and reportable segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents of $54.2 million and $103.1 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, include money market instruments with maturities of three months or less. The Company maintained cash outside the U.S. as of December 31, 2023 of $19.3 million with the largest deposits being held in Australia and India, with balances of $6.2 million and $3.2 million, respectively. Cash outside the U.S. was $28.0 million as of December 31, 2022, with the largest deposits being held in Canada and India, with balances of $9.2 million and $5.1 million, respectively.
Concentrations
Cash is deposited with major financial institutions and, at times, such balances with each financial institution may be in excess of insured limits. The Company has not experienced, and does not anticipate, any losses with respect to its cash deposits. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral on accounts receivable. The Company performs a risk assessment of all new vendors. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, New York State Office of Court Administration (“NYOCA”) accounted for 11.7% and 11.8% of third-party vendor spend, respectively, and was the only vendor to account for more than 10%. As a government entity, NYOCA is considered a low risk of service disruption.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses
Accounts receivable balances consist of trade receivables that are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for expected credit losses and for potential sales credits and reserves. Sales credits and reserves were $1.2 million and $0.9 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
The Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 326, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses” (“CECL”), with an adoption date of January 1, 2022. The adoption of CECL resulted in a $0.3 million cumulative effect adjustment recorded in retained earnings as of January 1, 2022.
CECL requires an entity to utilize an impairment model to estimate its lifetime expected credit losses and record an allowance that, when deducted from the amortized cost basis of a financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on the financial asset.
The Company maintains an allowance for expected credit losses in order to record accounts receivable at their net realizable value. Inherent in the assessment of the allowance for expected credit losses are certain judgments and estimates relating to, among other things, the Company’s customers’ access to capital, customers’ willingness and ability to pay, general economic conditions and the ongoing relationship with customers. Allowances have been recorded for receivables believed to be uncollectible, including amounts for the resolution of potential credit and other collection issues such as disputed invoices. The allowance for expected credit losses is determined by analyzing the Company’s historical write-offs, the current aging of receivables, the financial condition of customers and the general economic climate. Adjustments to the allowance may be required in future periods depending on how such potential issues are resolved or if the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments. The Company has not historically had material write-offs due to uncollectible accounts receivable.
Allowances for expected credit losses were $2.8 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for expected credit losses for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Balance at beginning of period | $ | 2,304 | | | $ | 2,949 | | | $ | 1,861 | |
Cumulative effect of accounting change upon adoption of CECL | — | | | 254 | | | — | |
Additions | 937 | | | 871 | | | 1,169 | |
Write-offs, net of recoveries | (434) | | | (1,758) | | | (210) | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | 9 | | | (12) | | | 129 | |
Balance at end of period | $ | 2,816 | | | $ | 2,304 | | | $ | 2,949 | |
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated on the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. Furniture and fixtures are generally depreciated over a life of five to seven years and computers and equipment are generally depreciated over a life of three years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the expected lease term. Maintenance and repairs that do not extend the useful life of an asset are charged to expense as incurred and improvements that extend the useful life of the related asset are capitalized.
The Company regularly evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that the carrying amount of property and equipment may not be recoverable. Conditions that could indicate that an impairment assessment is needed include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset or asset group, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset or asset group is used, or a significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group is not recoverable. When factors indicate that property and equipment should be evaluated for possible impairment, the Company assesses the potential impairment by determining whether the carrying value of such asset or asset group will be recovered through the future undiscounted cash flows expected from use of the asset or asset group and its eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset or asset group is determined not to be recoverable, an impairment charge is recorded based on the excess, if any, of the carrying amount over fair value. Fair values are determined based on quoted market values or discounted cash flows analyses as applicable. The Company regularly evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the useful lives of property and equipment may warrant revision to reflect that the period of economic benefit has changed.
Business Combinations
The Company records business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” Under the acquisition method of accounting, identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their acquisition-date fair value. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value is recorded as goodwill. Changes in the estimated fair values of net assets recorded for acquisitions based on management’s best estimates may result in adjustments to the amount of purchase price allocable to goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are reflected in the period in which they occur and may be made up to one year subsequent to the acquisition date should new information become available.
The Company utilizes variations of the income approach, which relies on historical financial and qualitative information, as well as assumptions and estimates for projected financial information, to value acquired trade names, customer lists and software developed for internal use.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets of acquired entities and is tested for impairment annually or when certain triggering events require additional testing. The Company’s goodwill is predominantly a result of the acquisition of the Company by Goldman Sachs and CDPQ in June 2015. See Note 4, “Acquisitions” for additional information on acquisitions.
The Company performs a qualitative impairment test in November of each year using data as of October 31 to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If necessary, after the qualitative assessment, the Company will perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test by
comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value.
Intangible Assets, net
Definite-lived intangible assets consist of intangibles acquired through acquisition and the costs of developing internal-use software. They are reported net of amortization and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Customer lists are amortized using an accelerated method of amortization, using a pattern that reflects when the economic benefits are expected to be realized. Cost of acquisition, renewal and extension of intangible assets are capitalized. There are no significant renewal or extension provisions associated with the Company’s intangible assets. The Company has no indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill.
The costs of developing internal-use software are capitalized during the application development stage and included in Intangible assets, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization commences when the software is placed into service and is computed using the straight-line method over the useful life of the underlying software of three years. This is based on the historical observed pace of change in the Company’s delivery, technology, and product offerings as well as market competition.
The Company regularly evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that the carrying amount of definite-lived intangible assets may not be recoverable. Conditions that could indicate that an impairment assessment is needed include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset or asset group, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset or asset group is used, or a significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group is not recoverable. When factors indicate that a long-lived asset or asset group should be evaluated for possible impairment, the Company assesses the potential impairment by determining whether the carrying value of such long-lived asset or asset group will be recovered through the future undiscounted cash flows expected from use of the asset or asset group and its eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset or asset group is determined not to be recoverable, an impairment charge is recorded based on the excess, if any, of the carrying amount over fair value. Fair values are determined based on quoted market values or discounted cash flows analyses as applicable. The Company regularly evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the useful lives of definite-lived intangible assets may warrant revision to reflect that the period of economic benefit has changed.
Leases
Effective January 1, 2022, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”), which requires the recognition of all leases, including operating leases on the consolidated balance sheets by recording a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and related liability. The Company elected to exclude short-term leases from adoption. The lease liability and ROU assets are remeasured when there is a change in the lease term (or upon the occurrence of another reassessment trigger).
The Company determines if a contract is a lease or contains a lease at inception. The Company’s assessment is based on: (1) whether the contract involves the use of a distinct identified asset, (2) whether the Company obtains the right to substantially all the economic benefit from the use of the asset throughout the period, and (3) whether it has the right to direct the use of the asset. Operating lease liabilities are measured, on each reporting date, based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the remaining lease term. The Company’s leases generally do not provide an implicit rate and, therefore, the Company uses the interest rate on its term loan credit agreement as its incremental borrowing rate under ASC 842. Operating lease assets are measured by adjusting the lease liability for lease incentives, initial direct costs incurred and asset impairments. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term with the operating lease asset reduced by the amount of the expense. Lease terms may include options to extend or terminate a lease when they are reasonably certain to occur.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and with the use of financial derivative instruments.
Certain of the Company’s foreign operations expose the Company to fluctuations of foreign exchange rates. These fluctuations may impact the value of the Company’s cash receipts and payments in terms of the Company’s
functional currency. The Company may enter into financial derivative instruments to protect the value or fix the amount of certain expenses in terms of its functional currency, the USD.
The Company also enters into financial derivative instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s financial derivative instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing and duration of the Company’s expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings.
The Company’s financial derivative instruments are not subject to master netting arrangements.
The Company records all financial derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.
Debt Issuance and Deferred Financing Costs
Debt issuance and deferred financing costs consist of loan discounts and fees paid directly to lenders from whom funds are borrowed and third-party costs incurred to obtain the Company’s long-term debt. Fees incurred for term loan debt are amortized over the life of the related debt using the effective interest rate method. The amounts of unamortized debt issuance costs for term loan debt are netted against the outstanding balance of the Company’s debt obligations on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Fees incurred for revolving credit facility debt are capitalized within other noncurrent assets, net on the balance sheet and amortized over the term of the debt. Upon discharge of the indebtedness, any unamortized debt issuance and deferred financing costs and loan discounts are expensed. Refer to Note 9, “Debt,” for further discussion of the Company’s credit facilities and debt obligations.
Foreign Currency
Assets and liabilities of operations having non-USD functional currencies are translated at year-end exchange rates, and income statement accounts are translated at weighted average exchange rates for the year. Gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements, net of any related tax effects, are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“OCI”), a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions incurred in currencies other than the local functional currency are included in other income in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income or loss. The cumulative translation adjustment resulted in losses of $2.9 million and $5.6 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue as set forth under ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”). In accordance with ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a performance obligation has been satisfied by transferring a promised good or service to a customer and the customer obtains control of the good or service. To recognize revenue, two parties must have an agreement that creates enforceable rights and obligations, the performance obligations must be identifiable, and the transaction price can be determined. The agreement must also have commercial substance and collection must be probable. Substantially all of the Company’s revenue is transaction-based and delivered at a point in time.
The Company contracts with customers to provide technology-enabled background and identity verification services. The Company offers a comprehensive hiring and risk management solution that begins with identity verification, followed by criminal background screening, credential verification, drug and health screening, employee onboarding document processing and ongoing risk monitoring. Results from services are provided through a report and the customer takes control of the product when the screening report is completed. Accordingly, revenue is generally recognized at the point in time when the customer receives and can use the report. Background and identity verification services comprised a substantial portion of the total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. As such, significant changes in background and identity verification services could affect the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and related cash flows. Payment for background and identity verification services generally occurs once the reports have been received by the customer. The Company records third-party pass-through fees incurred as part of screening related products on a gross revenue basis, with the
related expense recorded as third-party cost of revenue, as the Company has control over the transaction and is therefore considered to be acting as a principal.
The Company’s contracts generally do not include any obligations for returns, refunds, or similar obligations, nor does the Company have a practice of granting significant concessions. Payment terms and conditions vary by contract and customer, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 to 60 days of the invoice. Any advanced payments received from customers are initially deferred and subsequently recognized as revenue as the related performance obligations are satisfied. There is typically no variable consideration related to the Company’s contracts, nor do they include a significant financing component, non-cash consideration, or consideration payable to a customer.
For revenue arrangements containing multiple products or services, the Company accounts for the individual products or services as separate performance obligations if they are distinct, the product or service is separately identifiable from other terms in the contract, and if a customer can benefit from it on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer. If these criteria are not met, the promised products or services are accounted for as a combined performance obligation. The Company allocates the contract price to each performance obligation based on the standalone selling prices of each distinct product or service in the contract.
Sales taxes collected from customers are remitted to governmental authorities and are therefore excluded from revenues in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income or loss.
Incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer are recognized as an asset if the benefit of such costs is expected to be longer than one year, with a majority of contracts being multi-year. Incremental costs include commissions to the sales force and are amortized over three years, as management estimates that this corresponds to the period over which a customer benefits from the contract.
Corporate Technology and Production Systems
Corporate technology and production systems includes costs related to maintaining the Company’s corporate information technology infrastructure and non-capitalizable costs to develop and maintain its production systems.
The following table sets forth expenses included in each category of corporate technology and production systems for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Corporate information technology | $ | 19,399 | | | $ | 25,109 | | | $ | 21,230 | |
Development of platform and product initiatives | 16,371 | | | 16,740 | | | 15,387 | |
Production support and maintenance | 8,645 | | | 8,638 | | | 7,706 | |
Total production systems | 25,016 | | | 25,378 | | | 23,093 | |
Total corporate technology and production systems | $ | 44,415 | | | $ | 50,487 | | | $ | 44,323 | |
Corporate information technology consists of salaries and benefits of personnel (including stock-based compensation expense) supporting internal operations such as information technology support and the maintenance of information security and business continuity functions. Also included are third-party costs including cloud computing costs that support the Company’s corporate internal systems, software licensing and maintenance, telecommunications and other technology infrastructure costs.
Production systems costs consist of non-capitalizable personnel costs including contractor costs incurred for the development of platform and product initiatives and production support and maintenance. Platform and product initiatives facilitate the development of the Company’s technology platform and the launch of new screening products. Production support and maintenance includes costs to support and maintain the technology underlying the Company’s existing screening products and to enhance the ease of use of the Company’s cloud applications. Certain personnel costs related to new products and features are capitalized and amortized to depreciation and amortization.
Included within corporate technology and production systems are non-capitalizable production system and corporate information technology expenses related to Project Ignite, a three-phase strategic investment initiative. Phase one of Project Ignite modernized client and candidate experiences and is complete. Phase two of Project Ignite focused on decommissioning the Company’s on-premises data centers and migrating the Company’s production systems and corporate information technological infrastructure to a managed service provider in the cloud. During the first half of 2021, the Company completed phase two initiatives related to the migration of its
production and fulfillment systems to the cloud, and as a result, as of December 31, 2023, approximately 98% of revenue is processed through platforms hosted in the cloud. The Company incurred expenses related to phase two to complete the decommissioning of on-premises data centers for internal corporate technology infrastructure and migration to the cloud, which was completed as of September 30, 2022. Phase three of Project Ignite was decommissioning of the platforms purchased over the prior ten years and the migration of the clients to one global platform. This third and final phase, which was completed in the first quarter of 2023, unified clients onto a single global platform. The Company’s core platform now processes approximately 80% of its global revenue.
Advertising Costs
Expenses related to advertising are charged to selling, general and administrative expense as incurred. The Company incurred advertising expenses of $1.5 million, $2.1 million and $2.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income or Loss
Accumulated OCI includes net income or loss and other comprehensive income or loss. OCI refers to revenue, expenses, gains, and losses that, under GAAP, are recorded as an element of stockholders’ equity but are excluded from net income or loss. OCI consists of unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting and foreign currency translation adjustments, net of taxes.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the awards, and is generally expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award (see Note 15, “Stock-Based Compensation” for additional information). The Company’s 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units. Outstanding awards granted under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan vest on various schedules over one to four-year periods on the anniversary of the grant date, subject to the continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date, unless otherwise stated in an individual award agreement. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis for each award over the defined vesting period in cost of revenues, corporate, technology and production systems and selling, general and administrative expense in the statements of operations and comprehensive income or loss.
The Company estimates the fair value of stock-based compensation awards at grant date using the Black-Scholes pricing model for stock options. Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by the employees who receive equity awards. The determination of the grant date fair value of stock option awards issued is affected by a number of variables, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected common stock price volatility over the expected life of the options, the expected term of the options, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of the Company’s shares. The Company estimates the fair value of stock-based compensation awards at grant date using the prior day’s closing stock price for restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.
Income Taxes
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded with respect to temporary differences between financial reporting and income taxes using enacted tax rates. These amounts are recognized when there is a more likely than not position that the deferred income tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. Significant judgment is required to evaluate the current tax positions and adjustments are considered when there are changes in tax laws, regulations and interpretations. Recognized tax positions are measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon settlement. Evaluations are consistently performed regarding the likelihood and amount of potential adjustments that impact the Company’s tax positions. The income tax provision will be adjusted accordingly in the period in which the facts that give rise to the change in estimate become known. See Note 12, “Income Taxes” for more information about the Company’s income taxes.
Net Income or Loss Per Share
Basic net income or loss per share is computed by dividing the net income or loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding and diluted net income are adjusted based on the potential impact of dilutive securities. For periods in which the Company has reported net losses, diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share because dilutive shares of common stock are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Certain financial assets and liabilities are reported at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” which defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.
Fair value estimates discussed herein are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. The carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments, including, cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of these financial instruments.
3. Recent Accounting Standards Update
The Company qualifies as an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). The JOBS Act permits extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. The Company has elected to use the extended transition periods and is adopting new or revised accounting standards on the FASB’s non-public company timeline. As such, the Company’s financial statements may not be comparable to financial statements of public entities that comply with new or revised accounting standards on a non-delayed basis.
The Company will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year in which it has total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more; (b) the last day of its fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of its IPO; (c) the date on which it has issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (d) the date on which it is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur as of the last day of a fiscal year in which the market value of its common stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such fiscal year, which threshold was not exceeded as of June 30, 2023.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280), Improvement to Reportable Segment Disclosures (“ASU 2023-07”) to enhance disclosures about a public entity's reportable segments and more detailed information about a reportable segment's expenses. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact that ASU 2023-07 will have on the financial statement disclosures.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”), that improves the transparency of income tax disclosures by requiring (1) consistent categories and greater disaggregation of information in the rate reconciliation and (2) income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. It also includes certain other amendments to improve the effectiveness of income tax disclosures. For public business entities, such as the Company, the standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact that ASU 2023-09 will have on the financial statement disclosures.
4. Acquisitions
Socrates and A-Check Acquisitions
On January 4, 2023, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Socrates Limited and its affiliates (“Socrates”), a screening company in Latin America, pursuant to a share purchase agreement. The Socrates acquisition expands the Company’s global presence into Latin America to serve the rapidly growing regional hiring needs of both multi-national and local clients. On March 1, 2023, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of A-Check Global (“A-Check”), a U.S.-based employment screening organization, pursuant to a share purchase agreement. The A-Check acquisition provides the Company access to a high quality, enterprise-focused customer base diversified across verticals including healthcare and telecom. The aggregate adjusted purchase price for the acquisitions totaled approximately $66.2 million, of which $49.5 million was funded with available cash on hand, and is subject to certain closing adjustments specified in the share purchase agreements and included initial contingent consideration related to the A-Check acquisition of $4.7 million recorded at fair value. The contingent consideration was to be determined based on actual future results. The initial fair value of the contingent consideration consisted of $2.6 million for an earn-out payable one year after the acquisition based upon revenue
retention and a $2.1 million payable throughout the second and third year following the acquisition based on revenue retention and referral revenue. The Company recorded an allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of their respective purchase dates. Additionally, in connection with the Socrates acquisition, $5.0 million is payable to certain senior employees two years after the acquisition date based on certain retention requirements.
The Company incurred approximately $2.0 million of transaction expenses related to the acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2023.
The allocation of the purchase price is based on the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the applicable acquisition date. The following table summarizes the consideration paid and the amounts recognized for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation | | | | Final Purchase Price Allocation |
(in thousands) | March 31, 2023 | | Purchase Price Adjustments | | December 31, 2023 |
Consideration | | | | | |
Cash | $ | 11,935 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 11,935 | |
Other current assets | | | | | |
Accounts receivable | 4,279 | | | (3) | | | 4,276 | |
Other current assets | 805 | | | 447 | | | 1,252 | |
Property and equipment | 177 | | | (1) | | | 176 | |
Intangible assets | 32,141 | | | (1,268) | | | 30,873 | |
Other long-term assets | 6 | | | — | | | 6 | |
Total assets acquired | $ | 49,343 | | | $ | (825) | | | $ | 48,518 | |
Accounts payable and accrued expenses | 1,156 | | | 94 | | | 1,250 | |
Other current liabilities | 1,291 | | | (72) | | | 1,219 | |
Deferred tax liability | 8,388 | | | (1,163) | | | 7,225 | |
Other liabilities | 2 | | | 788 | | | 790 | |
Total liabilities assumed | $ | 10,837 | | | $ | (353) | | | $ | 10,484 | |
Total identifiable net assets | 38,506 | | | (472) | | | 38,034 | |
Goodwill | 27,352 | | | 766 | | | 28,118 | |
Total consideration | $ | 65,858 | | | $ | 294 | | | $ | 66,152 | |
Goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to assembled workforce and expected synergies and is not tax deductible in future years. Intangible assets acquired consist largely of customer lists in the amount of $28.0 million to be amortized over 15 years. The remaining intangible assets include trade names, developed technology and a non-compete agreement, which will be amortized over two years, eight years, and five years, respectively.
The acquisitions are not material to the Company's financial position as of December 31, 2023 or results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, and therefore, pro forma operating results and other disclosures for the acquisitions are not presented.
EBI Acquisition
On November 30, 2021, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Employment Background Investigations, Inc. (“EBI”) for a purchase price of $67.8 million, consisting of $66.3 million of cash and $1.5 million of contingent consideration recorded at fair value. The contingent consideration is limited to a maximum of $8.5 million of additional payments, to be determined based on actual future results. As of December 31, 2021, the fair value of this contingent consideration totaled $1.5 million and consisted of $0.9 million for an earn-out payable two years after the acquisition based upon revenue retention and $0.6 million payable throughout the year following the acquisition based on customer collections on receivables acquired. The Company recorded a preliminary allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of November 30, 2021. As of December 31, 2022, the purchase price was reduced by $0.3 million reflecting the final determination of the post-closing adjustment of the purchase price in accordance with the purchase agreement with
EBI, resulting in an adjusted purchase price of $67.5 million. The receivable related to this adjustment was collected in February 2023.
Revenues and net earnings attributable to EBI for the year ended December 31, 2021 were immaterial to the Company’s total operating results for such period.
The Company incurred approximately $1.9 million of transaction expenses related to the acquisition of EBI during the year ended December 31, 2021.
The allocation of the purchase price is based on the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The following table summarizes the consideration paid and the amounts recognized for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation | | | | Final Purchase Price Allocation |
(in thousands) | November 30, 2021 | | Purchase Price Adjustments | | December 31, 2022 |
Consideration | | | | | |
Cash | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | |
Other current assets | | | | | — | |
Accounts receivable | 8,861 | | | — | | | 8,861 | |
Prepaid expenses | 394 | | | — | | | 394 | |
Property and equipment | 1,290 | | | — | | | 1,290 | |
Intangible assets | 59,161 | | | — | | | 59,161 | |
Total assets acquired | $ | 69,706 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 69,706 | |
Accounts payable and accrued expenses | 5,614 | | | — | | | 5,614 | |
Other current liabilities | 1,182 | | | — | | | 1,182 | |
Deferred tax liability | 16,566 | | | (215) | | | 16,351 | |
Other liabilities | 298 | | | — | | | 298 | |
Total liabilities assumed | $ | 23,660 | | | $ | (215) | | | $ | 23,445 | |
Total identifiable net assets | 46,046 | | | 215 | | | 46,261 | |
Goodwill | 21,721 | | | (515) | | | 21,206 | |
Total consideration | $ | 67,767 | | | $ | (300) | | | $ | 67,467 | |
Goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to assembled workforce and expected synergies and is not tax deductible in future years. Intangible assets acquired consist largely of customer lists in the amount of $56.0 million to be amortized over 15 years. The remaining intangible assets include trade names and a non-compete agreement, which will be amortized over two years and five years, respectively.
The following unaudited pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2021 shows the effect on the Company’s revenues as if the acquisition of EBI had occurred on January 1, 2021. The pro forma results presented are the result of combining the revenues of the Company with the revenues of EBI. Pro forma net operating results are not presented as they were determined to not be material to the total net operating results of the Company. The Company did not have any material, non-recurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue. | | | | | |
| For the Year Ended |
(in thousands) | December 31, 2021 |
Revenues | $ | 679,542 | |
5. Property and Equipment, net
| | | | | | | | | | | |
(in thousands) | December 31, 2023 | | December 31, 2022 |
Furniture and fixtures | $ | 1,317 | | | $ | 2,568 | |
Computers and equipment | 39,251 | | | 41,084 | |
Leasehold improvements | 2,067 | | | 6,565 | |
| 42,635 | | | 50,217 | |
Less: Accumulated depreciation | (34,940) | | | (39,876) | |
Total property and equipment, net | $ | 7,695 | | | $ | 10,341 | |
During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, depreciation expense on property and equipment was $3.6 million, $4.4 million and $4.5 million, respectively. Based on a quantitative assessment of the carrying values, write down of abandoned property and equipment no longer in use due to office closures was $1.7 million, $0.8 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the periods presented were as follows:
| | | | | | | | |
(in thousands) | | |
Goodwill at December 31, 2021 | | $ | 852,536 | |
Acquisitions, net of measurement period adjustments | | (515) | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | | (2,412) | |
Goodwill at December 31, 2022 | | 849,609 | |
Acquisitions, net of measurement period adjustments | | 28,118 | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | | 1,681 | |
Goodwill at December 31, 2023 | | $ | 879,408 | |
There have been no impairments of the recognized goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets, net consisted of the following for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| December 31, 2023 | | December 31, 2022 |
(in thousands) | Gross Carrying Amount | | Accumulated Amortization | | Net | | Gross Carrying Amount | | Accumulated Amortization | | Net |
Customer lists | $ | 533,204 | | | $ | (375,107) | | | $ | 158,097 | | | $ | 506,015 | | | $ | (340,579) | | | $ | 165,436 | |
Trademarks | 77,860 | | | (43,815) | | | 34,045 | | | 77,198 | | | (37,519) | | | 39,679 | |
Non-compete agreement | 3,979 | | | (2,869) | | | 1,110 | | | 3,179 | | | (2,584) | | | 595 | |
Technology | 266,194 | | | (233,996) | | | 32,198 | | | 246,220 | | | (216,330) | | | 29,890 | |
Domain names | 10,118 | | | (5,356) | | | 4,762 | | | 10,118 | | | (4,682) | | | 5,436 | |
| $ | 891,355 | | | $ | (661,143) | | | $ | 230,212 | | | $ | 842,730 | | | $ | (601,694) | | | $ | 241,036 | |
Included within technology is $30.2 million and $28.1 million of internal-use software, net of accumulated amortization, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, $6.1 million of technology assets have not yet been put in service.
The Company capitalized costs of $17.8 million to develop internal-use software included in technology during the year ended December 31, 2023 (consisting of internal costs of $15.4 million and external costs of $2.4 million) and capitalized costs of $15.7 million to develop internal-use software included in technology during the year ended December 31, 2022 (consisting of internal costs of $12.8 million and external costs of $2.9 million).
During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company recorded a write-down related to the impairment of capitalized software in the amount of $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
Amortization expense was $59.2 million, $68.7 million and $77.5 million, for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Except for the customer lists, which are amortized utilizing an accelerated method, all other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis. These amortization methods approximate the pattern in which economic benefits are consumed. Estimated amortization expense is as follows for each of the next five years and thereafter:
| | | | | |
(in thousands) | |
Year Ending December 31, | |
2024 | $ | 54,087 |
2025 | 44,226 |
2026 | 34,192 |
2027 | 25,039 |
2028 | 20,619 |
Thereafter | 52,049 |
| $ | 230,212 |
7. Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets as of the periods presented consisted of the following:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
(in thousands) | December 31, 2023 | | December 31, 2022 |
Accrued compensation | $ | 20,495 | | | $ | 29,835 | |
Accrued cost of revenues | 25,548 | | | 15,721 | |
Accrued interest | 321 | | | 3,143 | |
Other accrued expenses | 17,623 | | | 18,348 | |
Total accrued expenses | $ | 63,987 | | | $ | 67,047 | |
8. Leases
The Company leases real estate and equipment for use in its operations. The Company has 17 operating leases with remaining lease terms ranging from 4 months to 61 months as of December 31, 2023. In connection with the real estate consolidation program, during the three months ended June 30, 2023, the Company exited additional offices including the Company’s former principal executive office and headquarters in New York. A reduction of the operating leases ROU asset of $5.3 million for impairment charges was recorded in impairments and disposals of long-lived assets in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The Company exercised termination options reducing the lease terms on certain operating leases and recorded lease remeasurements to the operating lease liability and corresponding reductions to the operating leases ROU asset in the amount of $4.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2023. During the year ended December 31, 2023, $1.5 million was recorded to de-recognize the operating lease ROU asset related to certain leases in selling, general and administrative expense due to abandonment.
The components of lease expense for the periods presented are as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Components of total lease costs | | | | | |
Operating lease expense(1) | $ | 5,578 | | | $ | 5,224 | | | $ | 4,002 | |
| | | | | |
Sublease income | (1,244) | | | (726) | | | — | |
Total net lease costs | $ | 4,334 | | | $ | 4,498 | | | $ | 4,002 | |
_________________________
(1)The year ended December 31, 2023 includes $1.5 million of lease expense to de-recognize certain operating ROU assets which were abandoned during the three months ended June 30, 2023.
Information related to the Company’s ROU assets and lease liabilities for the periods presented is as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| December 31, |
(dollars in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 |
Operating leases | | | |
Operating leases right-of-use asset | $ | 6,452 | | | $ | 20,084 | |
| | | |
Operating leases liability, current portion | $ | 4,219 | | | $ | 3,717 | |
Long-term operating leases liability, net of current portion | 7,278 | | | 16,835 | |
Total operating leases liability | $ | 11,497 | | | $ | 20,552 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Weighted average remaining lease term in years - operating leases | 3.7 | | 4.8 |
Weighted average discount rate - operating leases | 4.92 | % | | 4.50 | % |
Total remaining lease payments at December 31, 2023 under the Company’s operating leases (excluding short term leases) for the periods presented are as follows:
| | | | | |
(in thousands) | December 31, |
2024 | $ | 4,846 | |
2025 | 2,383 | |
2026 | 2,154 | |
2027 | 2,149 | |
2028 | 1,028 | |
Thereafter | 84 | |
Total future minimum lease payments | $ | 12,644 | |
Less: imputed interest | (1,147) | |
Total | $ | 11,497 | |
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had no additional operating lease commitments for office facilities that have not yet commenced. Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities was $6.3 million and $5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
9. Debt
On November 29, 2022, Sterling Infosystems, Inc. (the “Borrower”), a Delaware corporation and a subsidiary of the Company, entered into a credit agreement (the “2022 Credit Agreement”) by and among the Borrower, as borrower, Sterling Intermediate Corp., KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), certain guarantors party thereto and the lenders party thereto.
The 2022 Credit Agreement provides for aggregate principal borrowings of $700.0 million, comprised of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of term loans (the “Term Loans”) and a $400.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Facility mature on November 29, 2027.
Amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Agreement bear interest under either of the following two rates, elected in advance by the Borrower: (1) a base rate (equal to the greatest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 1⁄2 of 1% and (c) the one-month adjusted term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) rate plus 1%); or (2) an adjusted term SOFR rate (equal to the sum of (a) term SOFR plus (b) 0.10%), in each case, plus a tiered floating interest rate margin based on the net leverage ratio of the Borrower. Interest on adjusted term SOFR borrowings is payable on the last business day of the one, three or six-month interest period selected by the Borrower (except in the case of a six-month election, in which case it is payable on the last business day of the third and sixth month). Interest on base rate borrowings is payable on the last business day of each quarter.
The Borrower will pay a quarterly unused commitment fee at a rate per annum ranging from 0.20% to 0.30%, on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility based on the net leverage ratio of the Borrower and its subsidiaries. The Borrower can use available funding capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility to issue letters of credit, subject to a sublimit equal to the lesser of $40.0 million and amounts available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2023, there were $0.7 million of letters of credit issued under the 2022 Credit Agreement to support two office leases and additional capacity for letters of credit of $39.3 million.
The Term Loans amortize quarterly in the following amounts: $1.875 million per quarter for the first four full quarters ending after the Closing Date, $3.750 million per quarter for the next eight quarters and $5.625 million per quarter for the next seven quarters.
The 2022 Credit Agreement contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the Borrower’s ability to: incur certain additional indebtedness; transfer money between its various subsidiaries; pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions with respect to its subsidiaries’ capital stock or make other restricted payments; issue stock of subsidiaries; make certain investments, loans or advances; transfer and sell certain assets; create or permit liens on assets; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; enter into certain transactions with its affiliates; and amend certain documents.
The Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Facility (and related revolving borrowings) are guaranteed by Parent and all material wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of the Borrower. Obligations under the 2022 Credit Agreement are collateralized by a first lien on substantially all the assets and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower and its material domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. The 2022 Credit Agreement also contains various events of default, including, without limitation, the failure to pay interest or principal when the same is due, cross default and cross acceleration provisions, the failure of representations and warranties contained therein to be true and certain insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the principal amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Agreement, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts owed thereunder, may be declared immediately due and payable by the lenders.
The restricted net assets (as such term is used in Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X) of the subsidiaries of Sterling Check Corp. as parent company (the “Parent”) exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Parent. See Note 21, “Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only)” for additional information.
Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, an affiliate of the owners of a majority of the Company’s common stock, is a Co-Documentation Agent and lender under the 2022 Credit Agreement and received $0.1 million fees in connection therewith.
The 2022 Credit Agreement also contains financial covenants that require the Borrower to comply with (a) a maximum net leverage ratio of 4.00:1.00 (which may be increased to 4.50:1.00 for four quarters if the Borrower and its subsidiaries consummate acquisitions during any 6-month period for which the total aggregate cash consideration is greater than or equal to $75.0 million) and (b) a minimum interest coverage ratio of 3.00:1.00. Both financial covenants are assessed quarterly.
The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the 2022 Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2023.
The table below sets forth the Company’s long-term debt as presented in the consolidated balance sheets for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
(in thousands) | December 31, 2023 | | December 31, 2022 |
Current portion of long-term debt | | | |
Term Loans | $ | 15,000 | | | $ | 7,500 | |
Total current portion of long-term debt | $ | 15,000 | | | $ | 7,500 | |
Long-term debt | | | |
Term Loans, due November 29, 2027 (interest rates of 7.71% and 6.76% at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively) | $ | 277,500 | | | $ | 292,500 | |
Revolving Credit Facility(1) | 205,494 | | | 205,494 | |
Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs | (3,206) | | | (4,004) | |
Total long-term debt, net | $ | 479,788 | | | $ | 493,990 | |
_________________________
(1)As of December 31, 2023, there was $194.5 million of available capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility.
Future principal payments by year of the Company’s long-term debt under the 2022 Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2023 are as follows:
| | | | | |
(in thousands) | |
2024 | $ | 15,000 | |
2025 | 15,000 | |
2026 | 22,500 | |
2027 | 445,494 | |
| |
| |
| $ | 497,994 | |
The net proceeds of the Term Loans, together with borrowings of approximately $223.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility, were used to repay all outstanding indebtedness, including accrued and unpaid interest, in an aggregate amount of approximately $513.9 million, under our former credit agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $3.7 million resulting from the credit agreement refinancing on November 29, 2022.
The estimated fair value of the Company’s 2022 Credit Agreement was $484.1 million and $487.1 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. These fair values were determined based on quoted prices in markets with similar instruments that are less active (Level 2 inputs as defined below) as an observable price of the 2022 Credit Agreement or similar liabilities is not readily available.
10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or that would be paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. An asset or liability’s level in the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:
| | | | | | | | |
Level 1 | | Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities. |
Level 2 | | Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. |
Level 3 | | Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flows methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs. |
The Company considers the recorded value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses to approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 based upon the short-term nature of such assets and liabilities (Level 1). See Note 9, “Debt” for discussion of the fair value of the Company’s debt.
Interest rate swaps are measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the Company’s financial statements and are considered Level 2 financial instruments. Interest rate swaps are measured based on quoted prices for similar financial instruments and other observable inputs recognized. The currency forward agreements are typically cash settled in U.S. dollars for their fair value at or close to their settlement date.
Contingent consideration related to acquisitions is considered a Level 3 financial instrument. As of December 31, 2023, the fair value of contingent consideration related to the March 1, 2023 acquisition of A-Check and the November 30, 2021 acquisition of EBI. As of December 31, 2022, the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of EBI. The contingent consideration consists of estimated future payments related to the Company’s acquisitions, based on metrics such as revenue retention and referral revenue. The fair value is determined using various assumptions and estimates, including revenue and customer projections to forecast a range of outcomes for the contingent consideration. The Company reassesses the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration at the end of each reporting period based on the information available at the time. Changes in the significant unobservable inputs used may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Changes in fair value of contingent consideration are recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
The following tables present information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and their assigned levels within the valuation hierarchy as of the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| December 31, 2023 |
(in thousands) | Level 1 | | Level 2 | | Level 3 | | Total |
Assets | | | | | | | |
Cash equivalents from money market funds | $ | 11,593 | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | 11,593 | |
Interest rate swaps | $ | — | | | $ | 1,187 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 1,187 | |
Liabilities | | | | | | | |
Interest rate swaps | — | | | 5,357 | | | — | | | 5,357 | |
Contingent consideration | — | | | — | | | 2,989 | | | 2,989 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| December 31, 2022 |
(in thousands) | Level 1 | | Level 2 | | Level 3 | | Total |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Liabilities | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Contingent consideration | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | 1,219 | | | $ | 1,219 | |
The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Level 3 liabilities with significant unobservable inputs for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Fair value of contingent consideration, beginning of period | $ | 1,219 | | | $ | 1,445 | | | $ | — | |
Acquired liabilities | 4,706 | | | — | | | 1,480 | |
Cash payments | (305) | | | (226) | | | — | |
Change in fair value of contingent consideration, net | (2,631) | | | — | | | (35) | |
Fair value of contingent consideration, end of period(1) | $ | 2,989 | | | $ | 1,219 | | | $ | 1,445 | |
_________________________
(1)Recorded in Other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not re-measure any financial assets or liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. There were no transfers between levels during the periods presented.
11. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
Cash Flow Hedges
For derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes, the unrealized gain or loss on the derivative is initially recorded in accumulated OCI, reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings and is presented in the same income statement line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item.
Interest Rate Swap Hedges
To reduce exposure to variability in expected future cash outflows on variable rate debt attributable to the changes in the applicable interest rates under the 2022 Credit Agreement, the Company entered into interest rate swaps to economically offset a portion of this risk.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had the following outstanding interest rate swap derivatives that were used to hedge its interest rate risk:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Product | | Number of Instruments | | Effective Date | | Maturity Date | | Current Notional(1) |
Interest Rate Swaps | 4 | | February 28, 2023 | | November 29, 2027 | | $300.0 million USD |
_________________________(1)The notional value steps down from $300.0 million to $150.0 million on February 27, 2026.
All financial derivative instruments are carried at their fair value on the balance sheet. The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets as of the dates presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Asset Derivatives |
| December 31, 2023 | | December 31, 2022 |
(in thousands) | Balance Sheet Location | | Fair Value | | Balance Sheet Location | | Fair Value |
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Interest rate swaps | Other current assets | | $ | 1,187 | | | Other current assets | | $ | — | |
| | | | | | | |
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments | | | $ | 1,187 | | | | | $ | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Liability Derivatives |
| December 31, 2023 | | December 31, 2022 |
(in thousands) | Balance Sheet Location | | Fair Value | | Balance Sheet Location | | Fair Value |
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Interest rate swaps | Other liabilities | | $ | 5,357 | | | Other liabilities | | $ | — | |
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments | | | $ | 5,357 | | | | | $ | — | |
The tables below present the effect of cash flow hedge accounting on accumulated OCI for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, | | | Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: | Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivative | Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income | | Amount of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income |
Foreign exchange contracts | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | (177) | | Cost of revenues | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | 146 | |
Foreign exchange contracts | — | | | — | | | — | | Selling general and administrative | | — | | | — | | | 102 | |
Interest rate swaps | (1,939) | | | — | | | — | | Interest expense | | 2,230 | | | — | | | — | |
Total | $ | (1,939) | | | $ | — | | | $ | (177) | | | | $ | 2,230 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 248 | |
The table below presents the effect of the Company’s cash flow hedge accounting on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2023 | | | | | | | | 2022 | | | | 2021 |
(in thousands) | Interest Expense | | | | | | | | SG&A(1) | | Cost of Revenues | | | | SG&A(1) | | Cost of Revenues |
Total amounts of income and expense line items in which the effects of cash flow hedges are recorded | $ | 36,233 | | | | | | | | | $ | 175,459 | | | $ | 407,683 | | | | | $ | 198,700 | | | $ | 313,155 | |
Gain or (loss) on cash flow hedging relationships | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest rate swaps: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Amount of gain or (loss) reclassified from accumulated OCI into income | $ | 2,230 | | | | | | | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | |
Foreign exchange contracts: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Amount of gain or (loss) reclassified from accumulated OCI into income | — | | | | | | | | | — | | | — | | | | | 102 | | | 146 | |
Amount excluded from effectiveness testing recognized in earnings | — | | | | | | | | | — | | | — | | | | | 144 | | | 128 | |
_________________________
(1)Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”)
Amounts reported in accumulated OCI related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company's variable-rate debt. Based on current interest rates, during the next twelve months, the Company estimates that an additional $1.2 million will be reclassified from accumulated OCI as a decrease to interest expense. No gain or loss was reclassified from accumulated OCI into earnings as a result of forecasted transactions that failed to occur during the periods presented.
Non-designated Derivatives
Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and are used to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements and other identified risks but do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements and/or the Company has not elected to apply hedge accounting.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company did not have any outstanding derivatives not designated as a hedge in qualifying hedging relationships.
The table below presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments | Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative | Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative |
Interest rate swaps | Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps | $ | — | | | $ | 297 | | | $ | (31) | |
Foreign exchange contracts | Selling, general and administrative | — | | | — | | | 24 | |
Foreign exchange contracts | Cost of revenues | — | | | — | | | 34 | |
Total | | $ | — | | | $ | 297 | | | $ | 27 | |
12. Income Taxes
The components of U.S. and International income (loss) before income taxes is as follows for the years presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
United States | $ | (11,676) | | | $ | (4,811) | | | $ | (55,912) | |
International | 23,927 | | | 32,927 | | | 26,924 | |
Total income (loss) before income taxes | $ | 12,251 | | | $ | 28,116 | | | $ | (28,988) | |
The income tax provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the years presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Current income tax provision: | | | | | |
US Federal | $ | 10,694 | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | |
US State | 2,842 | | | 2,202 | | | 1,547 | |
International | 12,707 | | | 9,855 | | | 9,808 | |
Total current income tax provision | 26,243 | | | 12,057 | | | 11,355 | |
| | | | | |
Deferred income tax benefit: | | | | | |
US Federal | (9,854) | | | (927) | | | (15,597) | |
US State | (2,973) | | | (1,489) | | | (2,451) | |
International | (1,049) | | | (935) | | | (3,768) | |
Total deferred income tax benefit | (13,876) | | | (3,351) | | | (21,816) | |
Total income tax provision (benefit) | $ | 12,367 | | | $ | 8,706 | | | $ | (10,461) | |
A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for continuing operations is as follows for the years presented: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(dollars in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Income (loss) before income taxes | | | | | |
US Federal and State | $ | (11,676) | | | $ | (4,811) | | | $ | (55,912) | |
International | 23,927 | | | 32,927 | | | 26,924 | |
Total income (loss) before income taxes | $ | 12,251 | | | $ | 28,116 | | | $ | (28,988) | |
US Federal statutory rate | 21 | % | | 21 | % | | 21 | % |
Income taxes computed at US Federal statutory rate | $ | 2,573 | | | $ | 5,904 | | | (6,088) | |
Tax impact of foreign operations | 4,807 | | | 2,880 | | | (1,348) | |
Tax credits | (1,324) | | | (1,396) | | | (840) | |
Non-deductible transaction related costs | 520 | | | 346 | | | 851 | |
Non-deductible compensation | 4,472 | | | 2,661 | | | 3,136 | |
Stock-based compensation shortfall (windfall) | 895 | | | (570) | | | — | |
State taxes, net of Federal effect | (825) | | | (151) | | | (949) | |
U.S. Return to provision and deferred tax adjustments | (391) | | | 60 | | | (4,243) | |
Uncertain tax positions | 1,670 | | | 1,190 | | | (1,439) | |
Change in valuation allowance | — | | | 48 | | | 234 | |
Amended tax returns | — | | | (2,268) | | | — | |
Other permanent differences | (30) | | | 2 | | | 225 | |
Total income tax provision (benefit) | $ | 12,367 | | | $ | 8,706 | | | $ | (10,461) | |
Effective income tax rate | 100.9 | % | | 31.0 | % | | 36.1 | % |
The Company provides for deferred tax on the financial reporting basis over the tax basis of its investments in foreign subsidiaries, except for unremitted foreign earnings needed to support operations and continued growth plans outside the U.S. In making its decision to not permanently reinvest certain unremitted foreign earnings, the Company evaluates foreign operational cash requirements and the ability to repatriate funds. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company’s estimate of its remaining unremitted earnings of its foreign subsidiaries was approximately $41.1 million, of which $38.2 million is deemed to be indefinitely reinvested.
Deferred income taxes are provided for the effects of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax purposes. Significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities consisted of the following:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 |
Deferred tax assets | | | |
Loss carryforwards | $ | 8,912 | | | $ | 9,136 | |
Tax credits | 724 | | | 7,113 | |
Accounts receivable, accrued expenses and reserves | 7,752 | | | 8,466 | |
Interest expense | 7,626 | | | 9,292 | |
Stock-based compensation | 6,902 | | | 7,803 | |
Hedges, swaps and other unrealized losses | 2,821 | | | 1,526 | |
ROU lease liability | 2,832 | | | 4,543 | |
Other | 71 | | | 163 | |
Total deferred tax assets, gross | 37,640 | | | 48,042 | |
Valuation allowance | (2,766) | | | (2,766) | |
Total deferred tax assets, net | $ | 34,874 | | | $ | 45,276 | |
Deferred tax liabilities | | | |
Intangibles | $ | (38,654) | | | $ | (53,475) | |
Property and equipment | — | | | (1,201) | |
ROU lease asset | (1,533) | | | (4,513) | |
Prepaid expenses | (1,827) | | | (2,925) | |
Capitalized commissions | (1,492) | | | (1,444) | |
Outside basis difference in subsidiaries | (441) | | | (962) | |
Other | (348) | | | (11) | |
Total deferred liabilities | (44,295) | | | (64,531) | |
Total deferred tax liabilities, net | $ | (9,421) | | | $ | (19,255) | |
Activity in the Company’s valuation allowance accounts consists of the following for the years presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Beginning balance | $ | (2,766) | | | $ | (2,718) | | | $ | (2,484) | |
Additions of deferred income tax expense | — | | | (48) | | | (234) | |
Reductions of deferred income tax expense | — | | | — | | | — | |
Ending balance | $ | (2,766) | | | $ | (2,766) | | | $ | (2,718) | |
The Company regularly evaluates the ability to realize the benefit of its net deferred tax assets. The Company weighs positive and negative evidence concerning the realizability of the Company’s deferred tax assets in each jurisdiction. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers the weight attributable to both positive and negative evidence that can be objectively verified. On the basis of this limitation, the Company maintains a valuation allowance of $2.8 million at December 31, 2023. The valuation allowance is primarily attributable to Internal Revenue Code Section 382 limitations related to certain acquired net operating losses. The Company considered the existence of a cumulative loss as of December 31, 2023 as a significant piece of negative evidence that requires equal or greater pieces of positive evidence. The Company considered the reversal of existing temporary differences, primarily related to the reversal of book amortization of existing definite-lived intangible assets to fully offset the interest expense carryovers, tax amortization and stock-based compensation deferred tax assets.
At December 31, 2023, the Company has $15.7 million of U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”). These NOLs are subject to annual use limitations and expire between 2026 and 2031. The Company has a $3.3 million deferred tax asset for U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards that have various expiration periods from 2024 to 2040 in addition to net operating loss carryforwards that do not expire. The Company has $2.3 million of deferred tax asset for foreign net operating loss carryforwards that do not expire.
A portion of the U.S. (federal and state) operating loss carryforwards and credits are subject to Internal Revenue Code Section 382 or similar provisions. The other tax credit carryforwards expire between 2027 and 2033. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance on $13.1 million related to its NOLs as of December 31, 2023.
Unrecognized tax benefits are reconciled as follows for the years presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 |
Gross unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1 | $ | 3,721 | | | $ | 2,677 | |
Increases—prior year tax positions | 1,559 | | | 735 | |
Decreases—prior year tax positions | (566) | | | (266) | |
Increases—current year tax positions | 536 | | | 575 | |
Gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31 | $ | 5,250 | | | $ | 3,721 | |
The balances of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 are $5.3 million and $3.7 million, respectively, of which $4.8 million and $3.7 million represent the amounts that, if recognized, impact the effective income tax rate in future periods.
The Company accrued $0.7 million and $0.2 million for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions including Australia, Canada, India, Philippines and the United Kingdom. The Company is not currently under examination by the taxing authorities except for the Philippines for tax year 2022. Based on the notice received, the Company believes this to be a routine tax examination performed by the tax authorities and, at this time, has no reason to record an uncertain tax position related to the matter. The Company’s U.S. tax returns are subject to examinations for open tax years beginning in 2019. The Company’s foreign jurisdiction tax returns are subject to examinations for open tax years beginning in 2013. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company’s tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company establishes reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when the Company believes that certain positions might be challenged despite the belief that the Company’s tax return positions are fully supportable. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of tax audits. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate.
The Company estimates that it is reasonably possible that the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2023 will increase by approximately $0.5 million in the next twelve months. These unrecognized tax benefits relate to research and development credits as well as state income tax liabilities.
On August 16, 2022, President Biden signed the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) into law. The IRA establishes a 15% corporate minimum tax effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2022 for domestic corporations with average annual adjusted financial statement income that exceeds $1.0 billion over a three-year period, and imposes a 1% excise tax on the repurchase after December 31, 2022 of stock by publicly traded U.S. corporations. The tax-related provisions of the IRA did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial results for the year ended December 31, 2023 and the Company does not expect it to have a material impact on the Company’s financial results in the future.
13. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation
The Company is party to both class actions and individual actions in the ordinary course of business. The matters typically allege violations of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), as well as other claims. In addition, from time to time, the Company receives inquiries from regulatory bodies regarding its business. The Company accrues for the cost of resolving matters where it can be determined that a loss is both estimable and probable. Certain matters are in litigation and an estimate of the outcome and potential losses, if any, cannot be determined. Certain of these matters are covered by the Company’s insurance policies, subject to policy terms, including retentions. The Company does not believe that the resolution of current matters will result in a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had a legal settlement obligation of $5.3 million and an offsetting insurance receivable of $2.9 million for the settlement of legal matters. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had a legal settlement obligation of $4.2 million and an offsetting insurance receivable of $0.9 million for the settlement of legal matters.
Net legal settlement expense recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $1.1 million, $4.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively.
Former Executive Compensation Payment
Pursuant to an agreement between a stockholder, founder and former chief executive officer, together with trusts for the benefit of his children, (the “Trusts”), and another stockholder and former executive of the Company, proceeds from the sale of certain shares in the IPO by the Trusts were paid to such former executive in full settlement of obligations between them in accordance with a prior agreement entered into in 2015 in connection with the acquisition of the Company by Goldman Sachs and CDPQ. This resulted in a one-time $15.6 million deemed non-cash compensation expense to the Company, which was recognized within selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss during the year ended December 31, 2021. The withholding and payroll taxes paid by the Company that were associated with this payment between the stockholders were funded entirely by the Trusts and there was no cash impact to the Company from this arrangement. The cash paid out to the former executive was recorded within cash flows from operating activities with the equal amount received from the stockholder recorded within cash flows from financing, within the consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021.
14. Equity
On September 10, 2021, the Company’s board of directors authorized a stock split and the Company filed an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to effectuate a 1,198-for-1 split of its outstanding common stock. The stock split was effectuated such that (i) each outstanding share of common stock was increased to 1,198 shares; (ii) the number of shares of common stock into which then-outstanding options to purchase common stock is exercisable was proportionately increased; and (iii) the exercise price of each then-outstanding option to purchase common stock was proportionately reduced. No fractional share amounts resulted from the split. The accompanying consolidated financial statements give retroactive effect as though the 1,198-for-1 stock split of the Company’s common stock occurred for all periods presented. Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a total of 1,100,000,000 shares of all classes of stock are authorized, divided as follows:
(i)1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“common stock”); and
(ii)100,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“preferred stock”).
Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters on which holders of common stock are entitled to vote generally. Holders of common stock are entitled to be paid ratably any dividends as may be declared by the board of directors (in its sole discretion), subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock (if any). No dividends have been declared or paid on the Company’s common stock through December 31, 2023.
The board of directors is authorized to direct the issuance of the undesignated preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of such series of preferred stock and the number of shares of such series.
On November 23, 2022, the Company’s board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million of the Company’s shares of common stock through December 31, 2024. The share repurchase program is being executed on a discretionary basis through open market repurchases, private transactions, or other transactions, including through block trades and Rule 10b-18 and Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. The Company is not obligated to repurchase any specific number of shares, and the timing and amount of any share repurchases will be subject to several factors including share price, trading volume, market conditions and capital allocation priorities. The share repurchase program may be suspended, terminated or modified without notice at any time. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company repurchased 5,289,607 shares of its common stock for $68.4 million, inclusive of commissions and taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased 939,417 shares of its common stock for $14.1 million, inclusive of commissions and taxes.
On June 12, 2023, the Company entered into an Underwriting Agreement with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as representatives of the several underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”) and the selling stockholders (the “Selling Stockholders”), relating to the sale by the Selling Stockholders of 8,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Secondary Public Offering”). In connection with the Secondary Public Offering, the Selling Stockholders granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to
purchase up to an additional 1,200,000 shares of common stock of the Company, of which 1,145,486 shares were purchased. The Company did not sell any shares in the Secondary Public Offering and did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares being sold by the Selling Stockholders in the Secondary Public Offering. In addition, the Company entered into an agreement with BSPI, one of the Selling Stockholders, dated June 5, 2023, pursuant to which the Company repurchased from BSPI an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company for a total of $11.7 million pursuant to the Company’s share repurchase program at a price per share equal to the price paid by the Underwriters in the Secondary Public Offering.
15. Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense is recognized in cost of revenues, corporate, technology and production systems, and selling, general, and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Stock-based compensation expense | | | | | |
Cost of revenues | $ | 1,591 | | | $ | 1,533 | | | $ | 1,512 | |
Corporate technology and production systems | 2,822 | | | 2,264 | | | 2,054 | |
Selling, general and administrative | 30,237 | | | 20,008 | | | 29,014 | |
Total stock-based compensation expense | $ | 34,650 | | | $ | 23,805 | | | $ | 32,580 | |
The total income tax benefit was $3.6 million, $2.4 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company uses actual data to record forfeitures.
Prior to the IPO, all share-based awards were issued to employees under the Company’s 2015 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). Upon the adoption of the Sterling Check Corp. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2021 Equity Plan”) on August 4, 2021 and as of September 22, 2021, all newly granted share-based awards have been issued under the 2021 Equity Plan.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had approximately $73.0 million of unrecognized pre-tax non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to awards granted under the 2021 Equity Plan, consisting of approximately $21.7 million related to non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”), $50.0 million related to restricted stock, and approximately $1.3 million related to restricted stock units (“RSUs”), all of which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.
2015 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan
Pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Plan, the Company granted performance-based stock options (“PSOs”) and service-based vesting stock options (“SVOs”). On August 4, 2021, the Company amended each option outstanding under the 2015 Plan to (i) accelerate vesting upon an initial public offering and (ii) permit each option to be exercised following termination for any reason for the period set forth in the applicable award agreement or, if longer, an extended post-termination exercise period that would end on the date that is six months following the second anniversary of the effective date of the initial public offering, provided that if such date falls during a blackout period, the post-termination exercise period will be extended until the date that is thirty days after the commencement of the Company’s next open trading window.
Stock Options
The fair value of each option award was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company uses an income approach, including a multiple of historical EBITDA adjusted for nonrecurring transactions, for valuing its equity. This approach was selected as a reasonably appropriate method to determine the implied share price of the Company’s common stock, which represented a privately-held business interest prior to the IPO. Assumptions used in determining compensation cost for SVOs granted included the following: (i) expected holding period determined using the mid-point of the contractual term; (ii) the estimate of expected volatility based upon an analysis of the historical volatility of guideline public companies; (iii) the likelihood of additional dividends; and (iv) the risk-free interest rate determined using the Federal Reserve nominal rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected holding period of the award being valued.
The following table represents the weighted-average assumptions used to determine compensation costs and grant-date fair values for SVOs granted during the period presented:
| | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, 2021 |
Weighted-average assumptions used: | |
Expected volatility | 25.90 | % |
Risk-free interest rate | 0.60 | % |
Dividend rate | 0.00 | % |
Expected term, in years | 5.0 |
| |
Weighted average grant date fair value | $ | 2.32 | |
There were no SVOs granted during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. There were no PSOs granted during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
The table below provides a summary of SVOs and PSOs currently outstanding under the 2015 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2023:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Outstanding SVOs | | Outstanding PSOs |
| Number of Shares | | Weighted Average Exercise Price | | Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (years) | | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | | Number of Shares | | Weighted Average Exercise Price | | Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (years) | | Aggregate Intrinsic Value |
(in thousands, except shares and per share amounts) |
Balances at December 31, 2022 | 6,208,274 | | | $ | 9.59 | | | 5.00 | | $ | 36,513 | | | 3,081,855 | | | $ | 10.05 | | | 3.32 | | $ | 16,699 | |
Granted | — | | | — | | | | | | | — | | | — | | | | | |
Forfeited / Expired | — | | | — | | | | | | | — | | | — | | | | | |
Exercised | (572,532) | | | 9.48 | | | | | 2,168 | | | (44,925) | | | 9.68 | | | | | 148 | |
Balances at December 31, 2023(1) | 5,635,742 | | | $ | 9.60 | | | 3.68 | | $ | 24,349 | | | 3,036,930 | | | $ | 10.05 | | | 2.14 | | $ | 11,732 | |
_________________________(1) All SVOs and PSOs are exercisable as of December 31, 2023.
The intrinsic value for stock options is calculated based on the exercise price of the underlying awards and the market price of the Company’s common stock as of the reporting date. The intrinsic value of SVOs exercised was approximately $2.2 million, $3.0 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The tax benefit from SVOs exercised was approximately $0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. There was no tax benefit from SVOs exercised during the year ended December 31, 2021.
The intrinsic value of PSOs exercised was approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. respectively. There was no tax benefit from PSOs exercised for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. There were no PSO’s exercised for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Promissory Notes
In December 2020, the Company issued 370,182 shares of common stock to employees at $9.68 per share. Consideration was made in the form of promissory notes between the employee and the Company. The promissory notes accrued interest at the mid-term applicable federal rate for November 2020 (0.39% per annum) and were partially secured by the underlying shares of common stock. The promissory notes were partial-recourse, but treated as non-recourse for accounting purposes and, as such, (i) each of these purchases of common stock with a promissory note was accounted for as if it were a stock option grant and (ii) no receivable for amounts due under the promissory notes was recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As the shares were considered fully vested, unexercised stock options, the full amount of stock compensation expense was recognized on the grant date in the amount of $0.8 million in 2020. As the employees have the right to require the Company to purchase all of the shares at fair market value under certain events, these instruments were classified as a liability and recorded in Other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020. The fair value of the fully vested stock options was marked to market each reporting period.
The promissory notes were forgivable upon (i) a change in control or (ii) the first public filing of a registration statement with the SEC in connection with an initial public offering. On August 4, 2021, the Company approved the forgiveness and cancelation of the outstanding indebtedness of each promissory note holder prior to the IPO. Loan Forgiveness Agreements were executed and concurrently, the Company agreed to accelerate payment of a portion of each holder’s target bonus opportunity for calendar year 2021 to assist the holder in satisfying the withholding tax obligations with respect to the forgiveness of the promissory notes upon consummation of the IPO. On August 16, 2021, pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes, the principal amount on each loan, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, were forgiven. On August 17, 2021, the forgiveness of the promissory notes by the Company was treated as an option modification, resulting in the recognition of stock compensation expense of $7.7 million which reflected the incremental fair value of the award on the date of forgiveness. As of September 30, 2021, the issuance of common stock pursuant to the forgiveness of the promissory notes became classified as Stockholders’ Equity on the consolidated balance sheets.
2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan
On August 4, 2021, the Company’s board of directors adopted, and on August 13, 2021 the Company’s stockholders approved, the 2021 Equity Plan. Equity awards under the 2021 Equity Plan are intended to retain and motivate the Company’s officers and employees, consultants and non-employee directors and to promote the success of the Company’s business by providing such participating individuals with a proprietary interest in the performance of the Company. The 2021 Equity Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated by the board of directors. Under the 2021 Equity Plan, the following types of awards can be granted to an eligible individual (as defined by the plan and to the extent permitted by applicable law): incentive stock options (“ISOs”) and NQSOs; stock appreciation rights (“SARs”); restricted stock; RSUs; performance awards; cash-based awards and other share-based awards. Upon its adoption, the 2021 Equity Plan provided that up to 9,433,000 shares may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2021 Equity Plan (the “Share Limit”); provided, that, the Share Limit shall be automatically increased on the first day of each calendar year commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on January 1, 2030 in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) 5% of the total number of shares outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (y) such number of shares as determined by the board of directors, and no more than 9,433,000 shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs. As of December 31, 2023, 9,357,470 shares were available for issuance pursuant to future granted awards under the 2021 Equity Plan.
Stock Options
Options issued under the 2021 Equity Plan generally vest on various schedules over one to four-year periods on the anniversary of the grant date, subject to continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date. Options issued under the 2021 Equity Plan generally expire ten years after the grant date.
The fair value for Options granted under the 2021 Equity Plan was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Weighted-average assumptions used: | | | | | |
Expected volatility | 51.98 | % | | 45.03 | % | | 44.54 | % |
Risk-free interest rate | 4.18 | % | | 1.80 | % | | 1.07 | % |
Dividend rate | 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % | | 0.00 | % |
Expected term, in years | 6.23 | | 6.50 | | 6.38 |
| | | | | |
Weighted average grant date fair value | $ | 7.02 | | | $ | 10.43 | | | $ | 10.25 | |
The table below provides a summary of stock option activity under the 2021 Equity Plan for the year ended December 31, 2023:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Number of Shares | | Weighted Average Exercise Price | | Weighted Average Contractual Term (in years) | | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | | | | | | | | |
(in thousands, except shares and per share amounts) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Outstanding at December 31, 2022 | 4,387,501 | | | $ | 22.91 | | | 8.81 | | $ | — | | | | | | | | | |
Granted | 947,021 | | | 12.79 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Forfeited / Expired | (776,323) | | | 20.95 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Exercised | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Outstanding at December 31, 2023 | 4,558,199 | | | $ | 21.14 | | | 8.06 | | $ | 904 | | | | | | | | | |
Exercisable at December 31, 2023 | 1,698,943 | | | $ | 22.98 | | | 7.76 | | $ | — | | | | | | | | | |
There were no stock options exercised under the 2021 Equity Plan for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.
Restricted Stock
Restricted stock issued under the 2021 Equity Plan in connection with the Company’s IPO vests 50% on the second anniversary of the grant date and 25% on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date. Other restricted stock grants issued under the 2021 Equity Plan vest on various schedules over one to four-year periods on the anniversary of the grant date, subject to the continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date. Holders of restricted stock are entitled to all rights of a common stockholder of the Company and are subject to restrictions on transfer.
The table below provides a summary of restricted stock activity under the 2021 Equity Plan for the year ended December 31, 2023:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Number of Shares | | Weighted Average Fair Value (per share) |
Unvested at December 31, 2022 | 3,421,920 | | | $ | 20.32 | |
Granted | 2,266,296 | | | 12.48 | |
Forfeited / Cancelled | (712,342) | | | 15.87 | |
Vested | (1,179,671) | | | 20.57 | |
Unvested at December 31, 2023 | 3,796,203 | | | $ | 16.40 | |
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of restricted stock granted during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $12.48, $18.60, and $23.01, respectively.
The total grant date fair value of restricted stock vested during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $24.3 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.
Restricted Stock Units
Restricted stock units issued under the 2021 Equity Plan in connection with the Company’s IPO vest 50% on the second anniversary of the grant date and 25% on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date. Additional grants of RSUs vest on various schedules over a one to four-year period on the anniversary of the grant date, subject to the continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date. Upon vesting, employees will receive shares of common stock in settlement of the units.
The table below provides a summary of restricted stock unit activity under the 2021 Equity Plan for the year ended December 31, 2023:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Number of Shares | | Weighted Average Fair Value (per share) |
Unvested at December 31, 2022 | 51,249 | | | $ | 21.18 | |
Granted | 93,026 | | | 14.36 | |
Forfeited / Cancelled | (3,351) | | | 18.09 | |
Vested | (20,369) | | | 21.55 | |
Unvested at December 31, 2023 | 120,555 | | | $ | 15.82 | |
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of restricted stock granted during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $14.36, $18.49, and $23.00, respectively.
The total grant date fair value of restricted stock vested during the year ended December 31, 2023 was $0.4 million. There were no restricted stock units that vested during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) was launched on July 1, 2023. The ESPP allows eligible employees to voluntarily make after-tax contributions of up to 15% of such employee’s cash compensation for the purchase of the Company’s stock. Consecutive offering periods of six months in duration have been established, with the first one commencing on July 1, 2023. During each offering period, such contributions will be accumulated and applied to purchase shares at the end of the offering period. The purchase price for shares purchased in the initial offering period will be, and for subsequent offering periods will not be less than, 85% of the lesser of the closing price of the shares on the first day of the offering period or the last day of the offering period.
The ESPP authorizes the issuance of a total of 1,886,000 shares, which number shall be automatically increased on the first day of each calendar year following the calendar year in which the effective date of the ESPP falls in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 1% of the total number of shares outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) a lower number of shares as determined by the board of directors. As of December 31, 2023, 3,810,649 shares were available for issuance under the ESPP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of shares that may be issued or transferred under the ESPP shall not exceed an aggregate of 11,319,000 shares.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the amount the Company recorded for stock-based compensation expense associated with the ESPP was $0.2 million.
16. Net (Loss) Income
Per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Numerator: | | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
Net (loss) income available to stockholders | $ | (116) | | | $ | 19,410 | | | $ | (18,527) | |
Denominator: | | | | | |
Weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic | 91,587,311 | | | 94,052,435 | | | 90,218,386 | |
Weighted average additional shares assuming conversion of potential common shares | — | | | 4,813,569 | | | — | |
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted | 91,587,311 | | | 98,866,004 | | | 90,218,386 | |
Net (loss) income per share attributable to stockholders, basic | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.21 | | | $ | (0.21) | |
Net (loss) income per share attributable to stockholders, diluted | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.20 | | | $ | (0.21) | |
Prior to the forgiveness of the promissory notes in August 2021, the Company’s participating securities included shares of common stock issued in exchange for promissory notes that were being treated as fully vested outstanding stock options and were excluded from the denominator of basic earnings per share. These awards
contained the same rights to distributions declared on the Company’s common stock but did not have a contractual obligation to share in losses, and as a result, in the periods where the Company was in a net loss position, net losses were not allocated to these participating securities. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the forgiven promissory notes are reflected as an issuance of common stock and are included in the denominator of basic earnings per share.
The following table summarizes the weighted average potentially dilutive securities that were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Stock options | 14,199,564 | | | 13,677,630 | | | 13,466,262 | |
Restricted stock | 4,581,025 | | | 3,421,920 | | | 1,779,716 | |
Restricted stock units | 94,314 | | | 51,249 | | | 41,933 | |
17. Defined Contribution Plans
The Company has a matching 401(k) plan covering substantially all its U.S. based employees. The Company matched 50% of the first 6% of each employee’s contribution for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. Employees are eligible to enroll after six months of employment and are 100% vested upon enrollment. Employer contributions totaled $2.1 million, $2.0 million and $1.8 million for years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. In addition, the Company maintains an overseas defined contribution plan and paid $1.2 million, $1.3 million and $0.4 million to fund defined contribution plans related to overseas service centers for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
18. Related Party Transactions
Pursuant to the Termination Agreement, dated September 22, 2021 (the “Termination Agreement”), with respect to the Fourth Amended and Restated Management Services Agreement, dated December 3, 2019, (the “MSA”), the Company agreed to pay all outstanding amounts owed to Goldman Sachs and a stockholder (the “Stockholder”) under the MSA upon the closing of the IPO. During September 2021, payments in the amount of $3.2 million and $4.5 million were made to Goldman Sachs and the Stockholder, respectively, to settle amounts outstanding per the agreements through conclusion of the MSA on June 18, 2025.
In December 2018, the Company entered into an annual cash compensation arrangement with the Stockholder, whereby the Company agreed to pay $950,000 per year from January 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 to compensate the Stockholder for additional management services provided to the Company, payable on the occurrence of a public offering or change of control. Upon the completion of the IPO and in accordance with the cash compensation arrangement, during September 2021, the Company paid the Stockholder $1.2 million for additional management services provided during the period January 1, 2018 to March 31, 2019.
Goldman Sachs and some of its affiliates, each an affiliate of our Sponsor, are clients of the Company and the Company had sales to Goldman Sachs and affiliates in the amount of $3.8 million, $5.8 million and $5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Outstanding accounts receivable from Goldman Sachs as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were $0.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Additionally, the Company is currently a party to a $75.0 million notional value interest rate swap through November 29, 2027 with J. Aron & Company LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Goldman Sachs.
During the three months ended June 30, 2023, concurrently with the Secondary Public Offering, the Company repurchased 1,000,000 shares of common stock for $11.7 million directly from BSPI, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs. See Note 14, “Equity” for discussion of the Secondary Public Offering and the concurrent share repurchase.
Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs, was a Co-Documentation Agent and lender under the 2022 Credit Agreement and received $0.1 million fees in connection therewith during the year ended December 31, 2022.
An affiliate of certain stockholders that, to the Company’s knowledge, collectively own greater than 10% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock (the “Stockholders”) is a client of the Company, and the Company had sales to such affiliate of the Stockholders in the amount of $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Outstanding accounts receivable from an affiliate of the Stockholders as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were less than $0.1 million.
19. Revenue
Performance Obligations
Substantially all of the Company’s revenues are recognized at a point in time as results from services are provided through a screening report and the customer takes control of the product when the report is completed. Accordingly, revenue is generally recognized at the point in time when the customer receives and can use the report.
For revenue arrangements containing multiple products or services, the Company accounts for the individual products or services as separate performance obligations if they are distinct, the product or service is separately identifiable from other terms in the contract, and if a customer can benefit from it on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer. If these criteria are not met, the promised products or services are accounted for as a combined performance obligation. The Company allocates the contract price to each performance obligation based on the standalone selling prices of each distinct product or service in the contract.
Disaggregation of Revenues
The following tables set forth total revenue by type of service for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Screening services | $ | 712,152 | | | $ | 760,533 | | | $ | 636,123 | |
Other services | 7,488 | | | 6,249 | | | 5,761 | |
Total revenue | $ | 719,640 | | | $ | 766,782 | | | $ | 641,884 | |
The following table sets forth total revenue by geographic area in which the revenues and invoicing are recorded for the periods presented:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
United States | $ | 609,694 | | | $ | 643,826 | | | $ | 522,672 | |
All other countries | 109,946 | | | 122,956 | | | 119,212 | |
Total revenue | $ | 719,640 | | | $ | 766,782 | | | $ | 641,884 | |
Other than the U.S., no single country accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the U.S. as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Contract Assets and Liabilities
Incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer are recognized as an asset if the benefit of such costs is expected to be longer than one year, with a majority of contracts being multi-year. Incremental costs include commissions to the sales force and are amortized over three years, as management estimates that this corresponds to the period over which a customer benefits from the contract. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, $3.4 million and $3.3 million, respectively, of deferred commissions are included in other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets and approximately $2.7 million of deferred commissions are included in other noncurrent assets, net on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
The Company did not have any material contract liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Concentrations
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue. No single customer had an accounts receivable balance greater than 10% of total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2022 and 2023.
20. Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only)
Sterling Check Corp. (Parent Company Only)
Condensed Balance Sheets
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| December 31, |
(in thousands, except share and par value amounts) | 2023 | | 2022 |
ASSETS | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,061 | | | $ | 11 | |
Investment in subsidiaries of Parent | 700,883 | | | 736,635 | |
Total assets | $ | 701,944 | | | $ | 736,646 | |
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | | | |
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES | | | |
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY: | | | |
Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding) | — | | | — | |
Common stock ($0.01 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 99,966,158 shares issued and 93,194,403 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2023; 97,765,120 shares issued and 96,717,883 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2022) | 98 | | | 76 | |
Additional paid-in capital | 983,283 | | | 942,789 | |
Common stock held in treasury (6,771,755 shares and 1,047,237 shares as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively) | (88,918) | | | (14,859) | |
Accumulated deficit | (186,564) | | | (186,448) | |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | (5,955) | | | (4,912) | |
Total stockholders’ equity | 701,944 | | | 736,646 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | $ | 701,944 | | | $ | 736,646 | |
Sterling Check Corp. (Parent Company Only)
Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands, except share and per share data) | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Equity in net (loss) income of subsidiaries | $ | (116) | | | $ | 19,410 | | | $ | (18,527) | |
NET (LOSS) INCOME | (116) | | | 19,410 | | | (18,527) | |
Subsidiaries’ other comprehensive loss | (1,043) | | | (5,005) | | | (964) | |
COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME | $ | (1,159) | | | $ | 14,405 | | | $ | (19,491) | |
| | | | | |
Net (loss) income per share attributable to stockholders | | | | | |
Basic | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.21 | | | $ | (0.21) | |
Diluted | $ | 0.00 | | | $ | 0.20 | | | $ | (0.21) | |
Weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted | | | | | |
Basic | 91,587,311 | | | 94,052,435 | | | 90,218,386 | |
Diluted | 91,587,311 | | | 98,866,004 | | | 90,218,386 | |
A condensed statement of cash flows has not been presented as Sterling Check Corp. (the Parent) had no material operating, investing, or financing cash flow activities for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.
Basis of Presentation
These condensed parent company-only financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule I of Regulation S-X, as the restricted net assets of the subsidiaries of the Parent (as defined in Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X) exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Parent. The ability of the Parent’s operating subsidiaries to pay dividends may be restricted due to the terms of the 2022 Credit Agreement, as described in Note 9, “Debt” to the audited consolidated financial statements.
These condensed parent company financial statements have been prepared using the same accounting principles and policies described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, with the only exception being that the parent company accounts for its subsidiaries using the equity method. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
21. Subsequent Events
Acquisitions
On January 2, 2024, the Company acquired the equity interests of Vault Workforce Screening (“Vault”), a U.S. clinic management platform, bringing a network of 17,000 clinics and a flexible service model to enhance our existing drug and health services. The aggregate purchase price for the Vault acquisition totaled approximately $70.0 million, was funded with $65.0 million of proceeds from the Revolving Credit Facility and available cash on hand and is subject to certain closing adjustments specified in the share purchase agreement. Due to the proximity of the closing date to the filing of this report, the Company has not completed its valuation analysis and related calculations in sufficient detail necessary to arrive at the fair values of the net assets acquired, along with the determination of any goodwill to be recognized on the transaction. Due to the lack of availability of meaningful financial statements of the acquired company that comply with U.S. GAAP, it is impracticable to provide supplemental pro forma information of the combined entities pursuant to ASC 805-10-50.
Share Repurchases
For the period January 1, 2024 to February 5, 2024, the Company repurchased 494,157 shares of its common stock for $6.8 million, inclusive of commissions and taxes. The Company has suspended repurchases of its common stock under the share repurchase program pending consummation of the Merger (as defined below).
Merger
On February 28, 2024, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with First Advantage Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“First Advantage”), and Starter Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of First Advantage (“Merger Sub”). The Merger Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation in the Merger and becoming an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of First Advantage. The respective boards of directors of the Company and First Advantage unanimously approved the Merger Agreement, and the board of directors of the Company recommended that the Company’s stockholders adopt the Merger Agreement.
Upon the effective time of the Merger, each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“Company Common Stock”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger will be converted into the right to receive, at the election of the holder of such share of Company Common Stock, and subject to proration in accordance with the Merger Agreement as described below: (i) $16.73 per share in cash, without interest (the “Cash Consideration”), or (ii) 0.979 (the “Exchange Ratio”) shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of First Advantage (“First Advantage Common Stock” and, such consideration, the “Stock Consideration” and, together with the Cash Consideration, the “Merger Consideration”). The election will be subject to a proration mechanism, such that the total number of shares of Company Common Stock entitled to receive the Cash Consideration will be equal to 72%, and the total number of shares of Company Common Stock entitled to receive the Stock Consideration will be equal to 28%, of the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger. Holders of Company Common Stock that do not make an election will be treated as having elected to receive the Cash Consideration or the Stock Consideration in accordance with and subject to the proration methodology in the Merger Agreement.
Consummation of the Merger, which is expected to occur in approximately the third quarter of 2024, is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of customary closing conditions, including (i) adoption of the Merger Agreement by Company stockholders (which was obtained by the delivery of the Written Consent (as defined below) on February 28, 2024), (ii) the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and clearance under the antitrust and foreign direct investment laws of certain other jurisdictions, (iii) the absence of certain orders or laws preventing the consummation of the Merger, (iv) the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-4 to be filed by First Advantage with the SEC in connection with the Merger, (v) the authorization for listing on Nasdaq of the shares of First Advantage Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Merger and (vi) the mailing of the information statement contemplated by Rule 14c-2 of the Exchange Act by the Company to the stockholders of the Company, and the lapse of at least 20 business days from the date of completion of such mailing. The obligation of each party to consummate the Merger is also
subject to other customary closing conditions, including the absence of a material adverse effect with respect to the other party, the accuracy of the other party’s representations and warranties, subject to certain materiality standards set forth in the Merger Agreement and compliance in all material respects with the other party’s obligations under the Merger Agreement, subject to certain heightened standards set forth in the Merger Agreement.
The Merger Agreement contains other termination rights for either or each of First Advantage and the Company, including, among others, by either party if the consummation of the Merger does not occur on or before 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on February 28, 2025 (the “Initial Outside Date”), subject to an extension of six months at First Advantage’s election (the “Extended Outside Date”) if on the Initial Outside Date all of the closing conditions except those relating to antitrust approvals have been satisfied or waived.
Upon termination of the Merger Agreement under certain specified circumstances, including by the Company to enter into a definitive agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company will be required to pay First Advantage a termination fee in the amount of $66.3 million. Upon termination of the Merger Agreement by either party because certain required antitrust approvals are not obtained (i) by the Initial Outside Date, First Advantage will be required to pay the Company a termination fee of $60 million or (ii) by the Extended Outside Date, First Advantage will be required to pay the Company a termination fee of $90 million. In addition, if First Advantage fails to consummate the Merger within five business days after all of the required conditions have been satisfied and the Company terminates the Merger Agreement as a result thereof, First Advantage will be required to pay the Company a termination fee of $100 million.
In connection with entering into the Merger Agreement, on February 28, 2024, the Company entered into a support agreement (the “Support Agreement”), by and among the Company, First Advantage and certain entities advised by or affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and holding a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock (together, the “Specified Stockholders”), pursuant to which the Specified Stockholders agreed to, among other things, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, vote in favor of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Merger, and prohibiting the Specified Stockholders from soliciting alternative acquisition proposals. The Support Agreement will automatically terminate if the Merger Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms. Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec is an investor in one of the Specified Stockholders.
On February 28, 2024, following the execution of the Merger Agreement, the Specified Stockholders, holding approximately 53.5% of the total outstanding shares of Company Common Stock delivered a written consent (the “Written Consent”) to adopt the Merger Agreement and to approve the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Merger. Delivery of the Written Consent by the Specified Stockholders was sufficient to adopt the Merger Agreement and, therefore, approve the Merger on behalf of all stockholders of the Company, and no further vote of Company stockholders will be required.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, utilizing the criteria discussed in the “Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on management's assessment, we have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act, our management has evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2023. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management of the company, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Based upon the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2023, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the three months ended December 31, 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information.
Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangements and Non-Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangements
During the three months ended December 31, 2023, none of our directors or officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable.
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to our Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders and definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (our “Proxy Statement”), to be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2023.
The information required by this Item 10 relating to our executive officers is included in Part I, Item 1. “Business — Information about our Executive Officers” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our CEO, CFO and Chief Accounting Officer, as well as other officers, directors and employees of the Company. The code of ethics, entitled “Code of Business Conduct,” is posted on our website at www.sterlingcheck.com in the section “Corporate Governance” on the “Investors” page. We intend to satisfy any disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website at the address and general location specified above.
The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is deemed not to be incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or to be a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2023.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2023, other than the “Equity Compensation Plan Information” provided below.
For additional information, see Note 15, “Stock-Based Compensation,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this filing. The following table gives information about equity awards under the 2015 Plan and 2021 Equity Plan.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Equity Compensation Plan Information |
Plan category | | Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights | | Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights | | Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding shares reflected in column (a)) |
| | (a) | | (b) | | (c) |
| | | | | | |
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders | | 13,230,871 | | | $ | 13.68 | | | 9,357,470 | |
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Total | | 13,230,871 | | | $ | 13.68 | | | 9,357,470 | |
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2023.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2023.
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) (1) Consolidated Financial Statements:
The financial statements are set forth under Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2) Financial Statement Schedules:
The financial statement schedules not set forth under Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been omitted because the required information is not significant, is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits.
| | | | | |
Exhibit No. | Exhibit Description |
2.1 | |
3.1 | |
3.2 | |
4.1 | |
4.2 | |
10.1 | |
10.2 | |
10.3 | Credit Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2022, by and among Sterling Infosystems, Inc., as borrower, Sterling Intermediate Corp. and the other guarantors party thereto, KeyBank National Association, as agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 30, 2022). |
10.4*+ | |
10.5+ | |
10.6+ | |
10.7+ | |
10.8+ | |
10.9+ | |
| | | | | |
10.10+ | |
10.11+ | |
10.12+ | |
10.13+ | |
10.14+ | |
10.15+ | |
10.16+ | |
10.17+ | |
10.18+ | |
10.19+ | |
10.20+ | |
10.21+ | |
10.22+ | |
10.23+ | |
10.24+ | |
10.25+ | |
10.26 | Support Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2024, by and among First Advantage Corporation, Sterling Check Corp., Broad Street Principal Investments, L.L.C., Checkers Control Partnership, L.P., and Broad Street Control Advisors, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 1, 2024). |
21.1* | |
23.1* | |
23.2* | |
31.1* | |
31.2* | |
| | | | | |
32.1** | |
32.2** | |
97.1* | |
101.INS* | Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the XBRL document. |
101.SCH* | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. |
101.CAL* | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. |
101.DEF* | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. |
101.LAB* | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. |
101.PRE* | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. |
104* | Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document). |
_________________________________________
* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
None.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
| | | | | | | | |
STERLING CHECK CORP. |
| | |
By: | | /s/ JOSHUA PEIREZ |
| | Joshua Peirez |
| | Chief Executive Officer and Director |
| | |
Date: March 6, 2024 |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| | | | | | | | |
Signature | Title | Date |
| | |
/s/ JOSHUA PEIREZ | Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director | March 6, 2024 |
Joshua Peirez |
| | |
/s/ THERESA NERI STRONG | Interim Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | March 6, 2024 |
Theresa Neri Strong |
| | |
| | |
|
| | |
/s/ MICHAEL GREBE | Chairman of the Board of Directors and Director | March 6, 2024 |
Michael Grebe |
| | |
/s/ MARK JENNINGS | Director | March 6, 2024 |
Mark Jennings |
| | |
/s/ KRISTIN JOHNSEN | Director | March 6, 2024 |
Kristin Johnsen |
| | |
/s/ ADRIAN JONES | Director | March 6, 2024 |
Adrian Jones |
| | |
/s/ MOHIT KAPOOR | Director | March 6, 2024 |
Mohit Kapoor |
| | |
/s/ JILL LARSEN | Director | March 6, 2024 |
Jill Larsen |
| | |
/s/ JAGTAR NARULA | Director | March 6, 2024 |
Jagtar Narula |
| | |
/s/ L. FREDERICK SUTHERLAND | Director | March 6, 2024 |
L. Frederick Sutherland |
| | |
/s/ BERTRAND VILLON | Director | March 6, 2024 |
Bertrand Villon |